You are on page 1of 406

Information

Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

UMN:TED

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the
product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the
use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which
the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted
in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The
documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel,
and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes
customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the
documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,
or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability
arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and
finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However,
Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions
contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia
Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which
may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO
EVENT WILL NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMEN-
TATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR
THE INFORMATION IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and
other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark
of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective
owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2012. All rights reserved.

f Important Notice on Product Safety


Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment.
Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.
Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal
injury or in property damage.
Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.
The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected
has to comply with the applicable safety standards.

The same text in German:


Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit
In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Span-
nung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.
Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverlet-
zungen und Sachschäden führen.
Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die
Anlagen installiert und wartet.
Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene
Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.

2 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Reason for Update

Details:
Chapter/Section Reason for Update

3.22, 5.8, 6 Add SUE-S

Issue History
Issue Date of issue Reason for Update

2 03/2006

3 05/2006

5 03/2007

6 05/2007

17 01/2009 CUD (-E1) inserted, Rebranding

18 03/2009 Formatting rectified

19 04/2010 BEC-B1 added, channel protection CPF2 and


UAC68 revised

20 02/2012 SUE replaced by SUE-E with Ethernet function

21 11/2012 see above

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 3
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

This document consists of a total of 406 pages. All pages are issue 21.

Contents
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.1 Structure of the Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2 Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.3 Additional Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.4 Protection Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.4.1 Protection Against Excessive High Contact Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.4.2 Protection Against Escaping Laser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.4.3 Protection Against Fire in Racks or Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.4.4 Components Subject to Electrostatic Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.4.5 Handling Modules (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.4.6 Handling Optical Fiber Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.4.7 Protection against Foreign Voltages in the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.4.8 Virus Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.5 CE Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.6 Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2 System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.1 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.2 System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.2.2 Central Unit CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.3 Bus Extension Card BEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.4 Units for Operation and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.5 Line Cards for Analog Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.2.6 Line Cards for ISDN Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.2.7 Line Cards for Digital Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.3 External Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.4 Internal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3 Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.1 SNUS Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.1.1 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.1.2 Ethernet Applications of the LT2ME1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.1.3 Internal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.1.4 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.1.5 QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.1.6 Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.1.7 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.1.8 Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.1.9 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1.10 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.2 FMX2S Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.2.1 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.2.2 Ethernet Applications of LT2ME1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

4 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.3 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67


3.2.4 QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.2.5 Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.2.6 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.2.7 Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.2.8 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.2.9 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.3 MXS19C Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.3.1 Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.3.2 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.3.3 E1 Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.3.4 Line Termination Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.3.5 Ethernet Applications of the LT2ME1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.3.6 Cables and Filters for Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3.7 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3.8 QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.3.9 Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.3.10 Alarming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.3.11 Power Supply and Dissipation in the Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.3.12 Front Panels for Data Interfaces of the CPF2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.3.13 Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.3.14 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.3.15 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.4 ONU 30 FTTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.4.1 Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.4.2 Shelf AMXMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.4.3 Supervision Unit MSUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.4.4 Fan and Alarm Module FAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.4.5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.4.6 Management Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.4.7 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.4.8 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.5 ONU 20 FTTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.5.1 Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.5.2 Configuration and Equipping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.5.3 Hardware Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.5.4 Terminal Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.5.5 Clock Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.5.6 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.5.7 Operating Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.5.8 Local Operation of the ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.5.9 Control and Supervision Unit COSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.5.10 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.6 CUD Central Unit Drop/Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.6.2 Monitoring and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3.6.3 Controls CUD-D1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 5
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.4 Controls CUD-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


3.6.5 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.6.6 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.7 Bus Extension Unit BEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.7.2 Monitoring and Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.7.3 Controls BEC-A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3.7.4 Controls BEC-B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3.7.5 Connector Assignment BEC-A1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3.7.6 Connector Assignment BEC-B1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.7.7 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.8 SUB102 Subscriber Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
3.8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
3.8.2 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.8.3 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
3.9 SLX102 and SLX102E Subscriber Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3.9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3.9.2 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
3.9.3 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.10 SLB62 Subscriber Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.10.2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.10.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.10.4 Connector Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
3.10.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3.11 UAC68 Universal Analog Line Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
3.11.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
3.11.2 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3.11.3 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3.11.4 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3.12 SEM106C E&M Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.12.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.12.2 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3.12.3 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3.12.4 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
3.12.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
3.13 SEM108HC E&M Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
3.13.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
3.13.2 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
3.13.3 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
3.13.4 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
3.13.5 Signal Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3.13.6 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3.14 Analog Leased Line LLA102/104C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3.14.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3.14.2 Supervision and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3.14.3 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

6 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.14.4 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215


3.15 ISDN I8S0P Line Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
3.15.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
3.15.2 Time Slot Allocation and Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
3.15.3 Supervision and Alarm Signaling and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
3.15.4 Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.15.5 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
3.15.6 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
3.16 IUL82C and IUL84C ISDN Line Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
3.16.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
3.16.2 Time Slot Allocation and Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.16.3 Supervision and Alarm Signaling and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.16.4 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
3.16.5 Technical Data IUL82C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.16.6 Technical Data IUL84C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
3.17 I4UK2NTP/I4UK4NTP ISDN Line Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3.17.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3.17.2 Time Slot Assignment and Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3.17.3 Connector Assignment of I4UK2NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
3.17.4 Connector Assignment of the I4UK4NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
3.17.5 Technical Data I4UK2NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
3.17.6 Technical Data I4UK4NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
3.18 DSC104C Digital Signal Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
3.18.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
3.18.2 Point-to-Multipoint Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
3.18.3 Conference Modes of the Central Unit Drop/Insert, CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.18.4 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.18.5 Supervision and Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.18.6 Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
3.18.7 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
3.18.8 Supervision and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
3.18.9 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
3.19 DSC6-n×64C Digital Signal Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3.19.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3.19.2 Codirectional Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3.19.3 Centralized Clock Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3.19.4 Contradirectional Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3.19.5 Point-to-Multipoint Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3.19.6 Conference Modes of the Central Unit Drop/Insert, CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3.19.7 Test Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3.19.8 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
3.19.9 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
3.20 CM64/2 Channel Multiplexer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3.20.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3.20.2 2-Mbit/s Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
3.20.3 Sa Bit Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
3.20.4 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 7
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.20.5 Supervision and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252


3.20.6 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
3.20.7 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
3.20.8 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
3.21 CPF2 Digital Signal Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
3.21.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
3.21.2 Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3.21.3 Sub Bitrate Multiplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3.21.4 Point-to-Multipoint Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
3.21.5 Channel Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
3.21.6 Supervision and Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
3.21.7 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
3.21.8 Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.21.9 Overview CIM Interface Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
3.21.10 CIM-X.21 Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
3.21.11 CIM-V.24 Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
3.21.12 CIM-V.35 Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3.21.13 CIM-V.36 Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
3.21.14 Ethernet Module CIM-nx64E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
3.21.15 Technical Data CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
3.22 Supervision Units SUE, SUE-E and SUE-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
3.22.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
3.22.2 Control and Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
3.22.3 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
3.22.4 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
3.22.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
3.23 Supervision Unit, OSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
3.23.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
3.23.2 Supervision and Alarm Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
3.23.3 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
3.23.4 Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.23.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
3.24 SISA Concentrator SISAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
3.24.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
3.24.2 Control and Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
3.24.3 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
3.24.4 Terminal Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
3.24.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

4 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.1 Operating Modes of the Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.1.1 Drop Insert Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.1.2 Terminal Multiplexer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
4.1.3 Terminal Multiplexer with 1+1 Protection Switching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
4.1.4 Ethernet Connection Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
4.2 End-to-End Protection for Subrates and n × 64 kbit/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
4.2.1 Channel Protection CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
4.2.2 Channel Protection UAC68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

8 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

4.3 Timed Tasks for Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368


4.4 Signaling of the ISDN Line Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
4.4.1 Dial-up Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
4.4.2 Leased Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
4.5 Clock Generation and Synchronization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

5 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
5.1 Network Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
5.2 SISA Communication Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
5.3 Access to Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
5.4 DCN Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
5.4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
5.4.2 Operation Modes of SUE-E and SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
5.5 Management in an SDH Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
5.5.1 SDH Overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
5.5.2 Access via the ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
5.5.3 DCN Decoupling via ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
5.5.4 Node in an SDH Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
5.6 Management in a Line Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
5.6.1 Access of the Network Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
5.6.2 DCN Decoupling via ECC in a Line Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
5.6.3 DCN Decoupling in the FMX2S in the Line Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
5.7 DCN Structures with MXS19C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
5.7.1 ECC Channel (64 kbit/s or 9.6 kbit/s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
5.7.2 Overhead Channel (9.6 kbit/s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
5.8 Software Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
5.8.1 Memory Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
5.8.2 Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
5.9 Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

6 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

7 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 9
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Illustrations
Fig. 2.1 FMX2R3.2 Corporate Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fig. 2.2 Ethernet Switching via an FMX2R3.2 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 2.3 Access via FMX2R3.2 Network to V5.1/V5.2 Exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 2.4 Connecting the Network Termination Units to the Multiplexer . . . . . . . . 28
Fig. 2.5 Overview Circuit Diagram of Multiplexer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fig. 2.6 Subscriber Access to Digital Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fig. 2.7 Subscriber Access to Analog Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fig. 2.8 LLA102/104C in Leased Lines with 2-Wire Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fig. 2.9 LLA102/104C in Leased Lines with 4-Wire Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fig. 2.10 I8S0P Dial-up Connection with CAS Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fig. 2.11 I8S0P Dial-up Connection Using FA Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fig. 2.12 I8S0P Leased-line Connections Using FA Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fig. 2.13 I8S0P Leased-line Connections for Stand-alone Operation . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fig. 2.14 Dial-up Connection of the IUL82C or IUL84C with CAS Signaling
in Repeater Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fig. 2.15 Dial-up Connection of the IUL84C with FA Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fig. 2.16 Leased-Line Connections of the IUL84C with FA-Signaling . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fig. 2.17 Leased-Line Connections of the IUL82C in Stand-alone Mode . . . . . . . 37
Fig. 2.18 Leased-Line Connection of the IUL84C in Stand-alone Mode . . . . . . . . 37
Fig. 2.19 CPF2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fig. 3.1 Use of FMX2R3.2 Multiplexer in an SNU Shelf (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 3.2 Shelf SNUS (without Front Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 3.3 SNUS Equipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 3.4 LT2ME1 on Slots 207, 208 and 209, Two Ethernet Modules . . . . . . . . . 47
Fig. 3.5 SNUS Internal 2-Mbit/s Connections, Subrack fitted with SMX1/4c . . . . 47
Fig. 3.6 SNUS Internal Wiring of PCI Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fig. 3.7 SNUS Internal 34-Mbit/s and STM-1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fig. 3.8 SNUS Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fig. 3.9 SNUS QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Fig. 3.10 SNUS Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 3.11 SNUS Front View without Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fig. 3.12 SNUS Connector Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fig. 3.13 Shelf FMX2S (without Front Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fig. 3.14 FMX2S Equipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Fig. 3.15 LT2ME1 on Slot 216, One Ethernet Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fig. 3.16 FMX2S Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fig. 3.17 FMX2S QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 3.18 FMX2S Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 3.19 FMX2S Front View without Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fig. 3.20 Shelf MXS19C with Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Fig. 3.21 MXS19C Front View without Front Cover, Unequipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fig. 3.22 MXS19C Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Fig. 3.23 MXS19C Equipping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

10 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 3.24 External Interfaces of the Line Termination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


Fig. 3.25 LT2ME1 Each With One Ethernet Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 3.26 LT2ME1 on Slots 202 and 203, Two Ethernet Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fig. 3.27 MXS19C Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fig. 3.28 MXS19C QD2 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fig. 3.29 QD2 Bus Switch-over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fig. 3.30 Connecting Cable S42023-A799-S18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Fig. 3.31 MXS19C Backplane, Shelf from Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Fig. 3.32 Structure of ONU 30 FTTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Fig. 3.33 Front View of ONU 30 FTTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Fig. 3.34 ONU 30 FTTB Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fig. 3.35 Equipping of the AMXMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fig. 3.36 Control Elements of the MSUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Fig. 3.37 MSUE Connector Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fig. 3.38 SV 65 W 12 V/48 V, Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fig. 3.39 Switching from 230 V to 115 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Fig. 3.40 Management Access to the ONU 30 FTTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fig. 3.41 Use of FMX2R3.2 Multiplexer in an ONU 20 FTTO (Example) . . . . . . 135
Fig. 3.42 Front View of the ONU 20 FTTO (with and without Front Plate) . . . . . 135
Fig. 3.43 Structure of ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fig. 3.44 ONU 20 FTTO with Power Supply and Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fig. 3.45 Configuration of the 2-Mbit/s Interfaces of ONU 20 FTTO. . . . . . . . . . 137
Fig. 3.46 ONU 20 Equipping and Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fig. 3.47 Rear Side of the ONU 20 FTTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fig. 3.48 Switches and Connectors in the ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fig. 3.49 Connecting Cable S42022-A768-S56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Fig. 3.50 Battery Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fig. 3.51 Supervision Unit COSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Fig. 3.52 Controls of the CUD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fig. 3.53 Controls of the CUD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fig. 3.54 Connector Assignment of the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fig. 3.55 Controls of the BEC-A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fig. 3.56 Controls of the BEC-B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Fig. 3.57 Connector Assignment BEC-A1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fig. 3.58 Connector Assignment BEC-B1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Fig. 3.59 Connector Assignment of SUB102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fig. 3.60 Connector Assignment of the SLX102/E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Fig. 3.61 Controls of the SLB62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fig. 3.62 Connector Assignment of the SLB62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Fig. 3.63 Internal Sin Interface Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Fig. 3.64 Internal Interface Circuit of S2in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Fig. 3.65 Connector Assignment of the SEM106C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fig. 3.66 Internal Interface Circuit of S2in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Fig. 3.67 Connector Assignment SEM108HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 11
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 3.68 Connector Assignment of LLA102/104C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


Fig. 3.69 Loops on the I8S0P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Fig. 3.70 Control Elements of the I8S0P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Fig. 3.71 Connector Assignment of I8S0P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Fig. 3.72 Connector Assignment of IUL82C and IUL84C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fig. 3.73 Connector Assignment of I4UK2NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fig. 3.74 Connector Assignment of the I4UK4NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Fig. 3.75 Controls of the DSC104C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Fig. 3.76 Connector Assignment of the DSC104C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Fig. 3.77 Connector Assignment of DSC6-nx64C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fig. 3.78 Controls of the CM64/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Fig. 3.79 Connector Assignment of the Jacks 20, 21 and 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Fig. 3.80 Connector Assignment of the CM64/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Fig. 3.81 Controls of the CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Fig. 3.82 Controls of the X.21 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Fig. 3.83 Controls of the V.24 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Fig. 3.84 Controls of the V.35 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Fig. 3.85 Controls of the V.36 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Fig. 3.86 Functional Diagram of CIM-nx64E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Fig. 3.87 Controls Ethernet Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Fig. 3.88 Ethernet Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Fig. 3.89 Supervision Unit SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Fig. 3.90 Operation and Monitoring via SUE-E Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Fig. 3.91 Controls of the SUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Fig. 3.92 Controls of the SUE-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Fig. 3.93 Controls of the SUE-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Fig. 3.94 Connector 11 of the SUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Fig. 3.95 Connector 10 of the SUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Fig. 3.96 Connector X2 of the SUE-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Fig. 3.97 Connector X1 of the SUE-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Fig. 3.98 Connector X6 of the SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Fig. 3.99 Operation of the System Modules with OSU (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Fig. 3.100 Application of QD2 Master Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Fig. 3.101 Controls of the OSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Fig. 3.102 Connector of the OSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Fig. 3.103 Controls of the SISAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Fig. 3.104 Contact Assignment of the F Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Fig. 3.105 Terminal Assignment of the SISAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Fig. 4.1 Connecting a 2-Mbit/s Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Fig. 4.2 Tapping off and Inserting 64-kbit/s Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Fig. 4.3 Digital Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Fig. 4.4 Point (Port E1A)-to-Multipoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Fig. 4.5 Point (Port E1B)-to-Multipoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Fig. 4.6 Point (Time Slot)-to-Multipoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

12 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 4.7 Broadcasting with E1A as Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361


Fig. 4.8 Broadcasting with E1B as Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Fig. 4.9 Broadcasting with Time Slot as Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Fig. 4.10 Terminal Multiplexer TMX30(1+1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Fig. 4.11 Ethernet Traffic in Different Time Slot Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Fig. 4.12 Ethernet Traffic of 2 Time Slot Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Fig. 4.13 Ethernet Traffic in Star Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Fig. 4.14 End-to-end Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Fig. 4.15 Actions for Channel Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Fig. 4.16 CAS Signaling on ISDN Dial-up Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fig. 4.17 FA Signaling on ISDN Dial-up Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fig. 4.18 Stand-alone Operation with D Channel Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fig. 4.19 FA Signaling in ISDN Leased Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fig. 4.20 Clock Control in Linear Network (T3 Available at both End Points). . . 370
Fig. 5.1 Network Management of FMX2R3.2 (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Fig. 5.2 SISA Structure of FMX2R3.2 Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Fig. 5.3 Example of a FMX2R3 Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Fig. 5.4 Operation of System Modules in Standalone Operation
of SNUS (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Fig. 5.5 QD2-Operating Mode 1: Slave with QD2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Fig. 5.6 QD2 Operating Mode 2: Slave with Ethernet Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Fig. 5.7 QD2 Tunnel via TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Fig. 5.8 DCN Transport via Overhead in an SDH Ring with
One Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Fig. 5.9 DCN Transport via Overhead in an SDH Ring with
Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Fig. 5.10 DCN Access via ECC in an SDH Ring
with One Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Fig. 5.11 DCN Access via ECC in an SDH Ring with
Redundant Transmission Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Fig. 5.12 DCN Access via ECC in an SDH Ring
with Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Fig. 5.13 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Fig. 5.14 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring
with Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Fig. 5.15 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring
with Redundant Transmission Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Fig. 5.16 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring
with Branch to Line Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Fig. 5.17 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring with
Branch to Line Networks, Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Fig. 5.18 DCN Decoupling via ECC in an SDH Ring
at the Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Fig. 5.19 DCN Access via ECC in a Line Network
with DCN Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 13
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 5.20 DCN Access via ECC in a Line Network with


Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Fig. 5.21 DCN Decoupling via ECC in a Line Network
or Star Network with Two Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Fig. 5.22 ECC Channel (64 kbit/s or 9.6 kbit/s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Fig. 5.23 ECC in the Central Station with SISAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Fig. 5.24 ECC in the Central Station with SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Fig. 5.25 ECC in the Line Network and in the Remote Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Fig. 5.26 Overhead Channel (9.6 kbit/s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Fig. 5.27 Overhead Channel in the Central Station with LTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Fig. 5.28 Overhead Channel in the Line Network with LTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Fig. 5.29 Overhead Channel in the Remote Station with LTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Fig. 5.30 Overhead Channel in the Central Station with LT2ME1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Fig. 5.31 Overhead Channel in the Line Network with LT2ME1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Fig. 5.32 Overhead Channel in the Remote Station with LT2ME1 . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Fig. 5.33 Software Download. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

14 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Tables
Tab. 1.1 Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tab. 2.1 Interface Modules for Use on the CPF2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Tab. 2.2 CPF2 Front Panel Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Tab. 3.1 SNUS FMX2R3.2 and LTx Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors
in the Terminal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Tab. 3.2 SNUS CMXC Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors in the Terminal
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tab. 3.3 SNUS SMX1/4c Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors
in the Terminal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tab. 3.4 SNUS DIL Switch Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Tab. 3.5 SNUS Units and Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Tab. 3.6 SNUS Connectors X141 and X142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 3.7 SNUS 15-Contact Jacks X101, X102 and X121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 3.8 SNUS 9-Contact Jacks X120, X143 and X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Tab. 3.9 SNUS Connectors X122, X131, X138, X112 and X132. . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Tab. 3.10 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128,
X103, X123, X107, X108 and X111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Tab. 3.11 SNUS Connectors X109, X110, X 113, X114, X129,
X130, X133, X134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Tab. 3.12 SNUS Connectors X115 to X117, X135 to X137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Tab. 3.13 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Tab. 3.14 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Tab. 3.15 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Tab. 3.16 FMX2S Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors
in the Terminal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tab. 3.17 FMX2S Overview of the Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Tab. 3.18 FMX2S Address Settings for the Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Tab. 3.19 FMX2S LC Connectors (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Tab. 3.20 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118,
X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Tab. 3.21 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118
X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Tab. 3.22 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118
X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Tab. 3.23 FMX2S Connectors X101 to X104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Tab. 3.24 FMX2S Connectors X119 to X121 and X138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Tab. 3.25 FMX2S Connectors X139 and X140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Tab. 3.26 FMX2S Connectors X111, X112, X129 and X130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Tab. 3.27 FMX2S Connector X137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Tab. 3.28 FMX2S Connectors X141 and X142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Tab. 3.29 MXS19C Equipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tab. 3.30 Cables and Filters for EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tab. 3.31 MXS19C Plug-in Units and Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tab. 3.32 MXS19C Connector Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 15
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Tab. 3.33 MXS19C Connector X101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


Tab. 3.34 MXS19C Connector X103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Tab. 3.35 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117 (General) . . . . . . . 108
Tab. 3.36 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 1 . . . . . . . . . 109
Tab. 3.37 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 2 . . . . . . . . . 110
Tab. 3.38 MXS19C, Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 3 . . . . . . . . . 111
Tab. 3.39 MXS19C Signal Assignment of LT2ME1 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Tab. 3.40 MXS19C Connectors X110 and X111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Tab. 3.41 MXS19C Connector X118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Tab. 3.42 MXS19C Connector X120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Tab. 3.43 AMXMS Equipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tab. 3.44 Visual Signalizing of the MSUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Tab. 3.45 ONU 30 FTTB External Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Tab. 3.46 FAM Connector X1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Tab. 3.47 LED Displays on SV 65 W 12 V/48 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Tab. 3.48 Equipping the ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tab. 3.49 DIL Switch Setting in the Central Terminal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Tab. 3.50 Central Terminal Panels on the ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tab. 3.51 Terminal Panels of Line Cards in ONU 20 FTTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tab. 3.52 Optical Signalling of the COSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Tab. 3.53 Setting the DIL Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Tab. 3.54 Table of Alarms of the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Tab. 3.55 Optical Signaling of the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Tab. 3.56 Setting the Controls of the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Tab. 3.57 Address Switch Settings on the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Tab. 3.58 E1, T3 and QD2S Interface Settings on the CUD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Tab. 3.59 Address Switch Settings on the CUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Tab. 3.60 SLX102/E Plug-in Unit Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Tab. 3.61 Table of Alarms of the SLB62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Tab. 3.62 System Connector of the UAC68 (Internal Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Tab. 3.63 Exchange Connector of the UAC68 (External Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Tab. 3.64 Table of Alarms for the SEM106C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tab. 3.65 Table of Alarms for the SEM108HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Tab. 3.66 Controls on the I8S0P (S0-Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Tab. 3.67 Restricted Time Slot Occupancy of the I4UK2NTP at 128 kbit/s . . . . . 232
Tab. 3.68 Restricted Time Slot Occupancy of the I4UK4NTP at 128 kbit/s . . . . . 232
Tab. 3.69 Table of Alarms for the DSC104C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Tab. 3.70 Table of Alarms of the CM64/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Tab. 3.71 Controls of the CM64/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Tab. 3.72 Interface Modules for Use on the CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Tab. 3.73 Assignment of the LEDs to the Ports of the Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Tab. 3.74 LED Control when the Alarm Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Tab. 3.75 Connector Assignment X15 of the CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Tab. 3.76 Terminal Assignment X16 (General) of the CPF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

16 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Tab. 3.77 Connector Assignment X16 (for X.21-Modules) of the CPF2 . . . . . . . 266
Tab. 3.78 CPF2 Connector X16 (with CIM-nx64E Modules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Tab. 3.79 Relationship between Number of Bits and Transmission Speed . . . . . 270
Tab. 3.80 Signal States at the X.21 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Tab. 3.81 Alarm Table CPF2 with X.21 Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Tab. 3.82 Interface Signals X.21 at the Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Tab. 3.83 Terminal Assignment of the X.21 Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Tab. 3.84 Signal States at the V interface, Part 1
(not for V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Tab. 3.85 Signal States at the V Interface, Part 2
(V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Tab. 3.86 Alarm Table CPF2 with V.24 Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Tab. 3.87 V.24 Interface Signals at the Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Tab. 3.88 Terminal Assignment of the V.24 Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Tab. 3.89 Signal States at the V Interface, Part 1
(not for V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Tab. 3.90 Signal States at the V Interface, Part 2
( V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Tab. 3.91 Alarm Table CPF2 with V.35 Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Tab. 3.92 V.35 Interface Signals at the Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Tab. 3.93 Terminal Assignment of the V.35 Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tab. 3.94 Signal States at the V Interface, Part 1
(not for V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Tab. 3.95 Signal States at the V Interface, Part 2
(V.110 protocol operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Tab. 3.96 Alarm Table CPF2 with V.36 Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Tab. 3.97 V.36 Interface Signals at the Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Tab. 3.98 Terminal Assignment of the V.36 Module Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Tab. 3.99 CIM-nx64E Module Connector X1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Tab. 3.100 CIM-nx64E Module Connector X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Tab. 3.101 Visual Signals Output by the SUE-E and SUE-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Tab. 3.102 Operating Modes QD2-Slave 1 T-port (QD2Txx1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Tab. 3.103 Connector X5 and connector X8 of the SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Tab. 3.104 Connector X7 of the SUE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Tab. 3.105 LED Displays of OSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Tab. 3.106 As-delivered State of the Interfaces of the OSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Tab. 3.107 DIL Switch on the OSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Tab. 3.108 DIL Switch on the OSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Tab. 3.109 SISAK Transmission Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Tab. 3.110 SISAK Input and Output Stages for the Data Channels
and Clock Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Tab. 3.111 Interfaces and Bit Rates at the SISAK’s Slave Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Tab. 3.112 Interfaces and Bit Rates at the SISAK’s Master Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Tab. 3.113 Settings by Control Elements of the SISAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Tab. 3.114 Optical Signalling of the SISAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 17
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Tab. 4.1 Priorities of Alarm Criteria for Protection Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362


Tab. 5.1 DCN Channels for Remote Operation of the FMX2R3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . 376

18 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

1 General Information
This manual, an overview about the components and their interworking in networks with
the multiplexer FMX2R3.2 is given. Functions, commissioning, operation and mainte-
nance of FMX2R3.2 are described in detail. The operation is done via the graphical user
interface of the AccessIntegrator domain manager version 8.3 (ACI DM V8.3) or higher
versions. For the ACI DM V8.3, there is a separate documentation available (see Sec-
tion 1.3).

1.1 Structure of the Manual


The manual consists of the following Registers:
• Information
• Installation
• Commissioning
• Operation
• Maintenance.
Information The register Information (UMN:TED) gives a general overview about applications and
the structure of the FMX2R3.2 and its components. Shelves, ONUs (Optical Network
Units) and plug-in units of FMX2R3.2 are described in detail, including technical data,
controls and connector assignment. At the end of the document there is a complete
product overview of all components, which can be plugged in the shelves or ONUs of
the FMX2R3.2.
Installation The FMX2R3.2 shelves are offered stand alone. They can be mounted in ETSI- or 19’’-
racks or shelters. The ONUs are compact devices, which can be mounted at the wall.
The necessary information for that are contained in the register Installation (UMN:IMN).
Commissioning The register Commissioning (UMN:ITMN) describes all the procedures and measure-
ments for activating the installed system, including step-by-step instructions to commis-
sion the FMX2R3.2.
Operation FMX2R3.2 is operated via the graphical user interface of the ACI Domain Manager ver-
sion 8.3 or higher, which is described in separat manuals, see Section 1.3. The register
Operation (UMN:OMN) offers a guide line to use the operating procedures for configur-
ing the system and for creating connections.
Maintenance The procedures which expedite the re-establishment of normal operating state after a
malfunction has occurred in the FMX2R3.2 can be find out via the operating system by
“Branch to Maintenance”. The register Maintenance (UMN:MMN) gives an overview of
the possible malfunctions and contains a guideline for using of the “Branch to Mainte-
nance”.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 19
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

1.2 Typographical Conventions


In all sections of this manual, the following conventions are applied:

Style of Representation Meaning

Courier Inputs and outputs


Example: Enter LOCAL as the server name
Command not found

Italics Variables
Example: name can be up to eight letters long.

“Italics” Variables fin procedures and title bas


Example: “General NE Parameter. <Network Element#...>:CUC#...”
Boldface Special emphasis
Example: This name may not be deleted

“Quotation marks” Labels on the user interface (e.g. windows, menu items, buttons)
Example: Activate the “OK” button
Make a selection in the “File” menu.

<Courier> Key combinations


Example: <CTRL> <ALT>+<ESC>
→ Successive menu items
Example: “File” → “Close”

Additional items of information


i
Warnings at critical points in the activity sequence
!

Tab. 1.1 Typographical Conventions

1.3 Additional Documentation


In addition, following documentation are used:
• CD-ROM AccessIntegrator Domain Manager: ACI DM V8.3,
Prod. No. A50010-T3-H130-*-76K5
• Depending on plugged components:
– Crossconnect Multiplexer CMXC: UMN CMXC
Prod. No. A50010-A3-C800-*-7619
– 2-Mbit/s Line Terminating unit: UMN LE2
Prod. No. A50010-A3-K600-*-7619
– Synchronous Multiplexer SMX1/4c: UMN SMX1/4c
Prod. No. A50010-A3-K19-*-7619
– Infrastructure: UMN Infrastructure
Prod. No. A50010-X3-E160-*-76K5
• Project (planning) documentation.

20 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

1.4 Protection Measures


This Section contains a summary of the most important requirements with regard to pro-
tection of people and equipment. It does not claim to be complete. The installation in-
structions listed are shown in detail in the relevant Installation Manuals.
All assembly, installation, operation and repair work may only be undertaken by properly
trained and qualified personnel.
In the event of any injury (e.g. burns and acid burns) being sustained, seek medical help
immediately.

1.4.1 Protection Against Excessive High Contact Voltages


When handling the power supply or working on it, observe the safety measures de-
scribed in the specifications of the European Norm EN 50110, part 1 and part 2 (Oper-
ation of electrical Systems) and the valid national country specific standards.
Special warning labels on the shelves point to the dangers which can result from high
contact voltages when they are not grounded.

1.4.2 Protection Against Escaping Laser Light


When working on optical modules, note the regulations covering radiation safety on la-
ser light units (EN 60825).
Modules equipped with laser light units carry the laser symbol.
The following points should be noted here:
For operation in closed systems the laser light units comply with Laser class 1, and such
units can be identified by a stick on label as well as by a warning label.

Laser symbol

Warning label

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 21
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

To guard against any possible hazards, all optical transmitters are equipped with an au-
tomatic laser shutdown circuit. This trips if an input signal is missing at the relevant op-
tical receiver, e.g. if the connection is interrupted.
Note, the laser safety shutdown must be always activated.
!
This preventive measure should also be followed to avoid any damage to health by mak-
ing sure that escaping laser light is not directed towards the eye.
When breaking laser connections, the following procedure should be followed, despite
the presence of the laser shutdown circuit:
• Pull out the plug-in unit about 5 cm
• Disconnect optical fiber
• Pull out unit completely.

1.4.3 Protection Against Fire in Racks or Housings


If FMX2R3.2 shelves are used in housing, the shelves must be performed the conditions
for a fire protection housing according to Din EN 60950.
To comply with fire protection standards as defined in Din EN 60950, a protective plate
(C42165-A320-C285) must be fitted into the floor of ETS and 19-inch standard racks.
The rack must also meet the requirements of a fire-resistant housing as defined in
Din EN 60950.

1.4.4 Components Subject to Electrostatic Discharge

ESD
symbol

Slide-in units bearing this symbol are equipped with components subject to electrostatic
! discharge, that is to say the relevant safety provisions must be adhered to.

When packing or unpacking, touching pulling or plugging plug-in units bearing the ESD
symbol, it is essential to wear a grounding bracelet, which should be grounded to a shel-
ter or rack when working on it. This ensures that the units are not subject to electrostatic
discharge.
Under no circumstances should the printed conductors or components of modules be
touched. Take hold of modules by the edge only.
Once they have been removed, modules must be placed in the conductive plastic
sleeves intended for them, and kept or dispatched in the special boxes or transport cas-
es bearing the ESD symbol.
In order to avoid further damage to defective modules, they should be treated with the
same degree of care as new ones.
Modules which are accommodated in a closed and intact housing are protected anyway.
European standard EN50082-1 provides information on the proper handling of compo-
nents which are subject to electrostatic discharge.

22 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

1.4.5 Handling Modules (General)


When working with modules (slide-in units, power supply modules, subracks) the follow-
ing points should be noted:
• Existing ventilation equipment must not be changed. The sufficient air circulation
must not be obstructed.
Beware of rotating parts.
!
• When changing power supply modules you must switch off the fuse at the ac power
connection. Damaged power connection cables for ac power operated systems are
to be replaced by special leads supplied by the manufacturer.
• All slide-in units except for power supply modules can be removed or inserted with
the power still applied. To remove and insert the units you should use the two levers
fitted to the front of the unit. A type label is fixed to one of the two levers providing
information on the hardware and software version of the unit.
• When inserting and removing subracks and when transporting them, take their
weight into consideration.
• Cables may never be disconnected by pulling on the cable. Disconnection/connec-
tion may only be undertaken by pushing in/pulling out the connector involved.

1.4.6 Handling Optical Fiber Connectors and Cables


Optical connectors are precision-made components and must be handled accordingly.
To ensure faultless functioning, the following points must be observed:
• The minimum bending radius for optical fibers is 30 mm!
• Mechanical damage to the surfaces of optical connectors impairs transmission qual-
ity by higher attenuation.
– For this reason, do not expose the connectors to impact and tensile load.
– Always fit optical fiber connectors with protective caps to guard them against me-
chanical damage and contamination. The protective dust caps should only be re-
moved immediately prior to installation.
– Once the protective dust caps have been removed, you must check the surfaces
of the optical fiber connectors to ensure that they are clean, and clean them if nec-
essary.
For cleaning, the C42334-A380-A926 optical fiber cleaning tool or a clean, lint-
free cellulose cloth or a chamois leather is suitable. Isopropyl alcohol can be used
as cleaning fluid.

1.4.7 Protection against Foreign Voltages in the System


Two-level foreign voltage protection for the outdoor user lines is provided within the en-
tire system (shelf or ONU and subscriber ports on the slide-in units).
For outdoor user lines, 420-V gas tube arresters are recommended. These can be in-
stalled in the MDF (Main Distribution Frame) of the ONU 30 FTTB or in an external MDF
on the LSAs.
Sufficient protection against foreign voltages for outdoor subscriber lines are only given
! when appropriate protection elements are used.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 23
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

With the ONU 20 FTTO, the protection elements are implemented on the terminal panel
of the line card, if the line card provides outdoor ports, see technical data of the con-
cerned line card (see Section 3).

1.4.8 Virus Protection


To prevent a virus infection you may not use any software other than that which is re-
! leased for Operating System (TMN-OS based on Basis AccessIntegrator), Local Craft
Terminal (LCT) and transmission system.

Even when exchanging data via network or external data carries (e.g. floppy disks) there
is a possibility of infecting your system with a virus. The occurrence of a virus in your
system may lead to a loss of data and breakdown of functionality.
The operator is responsible for protecting against viruses, and for carrying out repair
! procedures when the system is infected.

You have to do the following task:


• You have to check every data carrier (used data carriers as well as new ones) for
virus before reading data from it.
• You must ensure that a current valid virus scanning program is always available. This
program has to be supplied with regular updates by a certified software.
• It is recommended to make period checks against viruses in your OS.
• At the LCT it is recommended to integrate the virus scanning program into the start-
up sequence.

1.5 CE Declaration of Conformity


The CE conformity of the product will be given if the construction and cabling is under-
taken in accordance with the manual and the documents listed there in, e.g. mounting
instructions, cable lists. Where necessary account should be taken of project-specific
documents.
Deviations from the specifications or unstipulated changes during construction, e.g. the
use of cable types with lower screening values can lead to violation of the CE require-
ments. In such case the conformity declaration is invalidated and the responsibility pass-
es to those who have caused the deviations.

1.6 Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)

24 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the
municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government
or the local authorities.
The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help prevent
potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. It is a
precondition for reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic equipment.
For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance, please contact your
Nokia Siemens Networks service partner.
The statements quoted above are only fully valid for equipment which is installed in the
countries of the European Union and is covered by the directive 2002/96/EC.
Countries outside the European Union may have other regulations regarding the dispos-
al of electrical and electronic equipment.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 25
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2 System Description

2.1 Application
The flexible multiplexer FMX2R3.2 is a PCM30 system for building and extending flexi-
ble networks, and is suitable for linear, cascade and ring structures. It is intended mainly
for use in corporate networks, but can also be used for subscriber-side termination of a
V5.1/V5.2 access network.
Companies and administrations like railway operators and utilities operate corporate
networks along oil or gas pipelines, railway tracks and radio links, which are used for
monitoring and maintenance purposes. Due to the ongoing worldwide success of the
Ethernet technology more and more control engineering components have been intro-
duced with an Ethernet interface. FMX2R3.2 offers the possibility to use data interfaces
based on Ethernet technology.
The FMX2R3.2 operates as terminal or drop/insert multiplexer for the following services:
• POTS, POTS with local battery
• ISDN-BA (S0, Uk0 with line code 4B3T or 2B1Q), also semipermanent
• Analog 2/4- wire transmission as leased lines or with E&M signaling
• V.24/V.35/V.36/RS530 and X.21 data transmission with subrates up to
30/31 × 64 kbit/s, G.703 with 30/31 × 64 kbit/s
• Data transmission with up to 30/31 × 64 kbit/s via Ethernet 10/100Base-T.
The features and properties of the multiplexer correspond to ITU-T Recommendation
G.797. In the transmission network direction, it implements up to two 2-Mbit/s interfaces
according to ITU-T G.703/9. The signaling codes are transmitted using CAS (Channel
Associated Signaling). As a special signaling variant, FA signaling is also available.
Essential tasks of the multiplexer are:
• Multiplexing functions for speech and data signals.
• Provision of appropriate subscriber interfaces
• Control of subscriber interfaces with CAS or FA signaling.
The CAS code frame corresponds to ITU-T Recommendation G.704/5.1.3.
Fig. 2.1 displays an example for an FMX2R3.2 corporate network:

Subs. FMX2R3.2
Subs.
Subs.

Subs. FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2


FMX2R3.2

CAS, FA, LL 2 Mbit/s STM-1/STM-4 FMX2R3.2 Subs.


2 Mbit/s G.703
G.703
FMX2R3.2
FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2
FMX2R3.2
Subs. Computer
Subs. PBX Center
Subs.

Fig. 2.1 FMX2R3.2 Corporate Network

26 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 2.2 shows the typical application scenario, if FMX2R3.2 is used for monitoring and
controlling along an oil pipeline. The FMX2R3.2 elements along the pipeline provide
Ethernet interfaces for data transport between Ethernet based sensors, valves or similar
and the maintenance centre.
The Ethernet interfaces always work in mirror mode. The Ethernet traffic from the sen-
sors is mapped into n x 64 kbit/s timeslots of an E1 link and transported to the next
FMX2R3.2 station. The Ethernet interfaces of all sensors of the same FMX2R3.2 station
and additionally all FMX2R3.2 stations along the pipeline operate together with their dis-
tant terminal in the centre as distributed L2 Ethernet switch. This is necessary because
mapping of Ethernet traffic of each single sensor to its own dedicated 64-kbit/s timeslot
would limit the maximum possible amount of Ethernet controlled devices to 31 for an
E1 link. Furthermore Ethernet broadcast traffic encapsulated in the TDM link between
FMX2R3.2 network elements is reduced to a minimum.

Eth 10/100bT Eth 10bT


2 Mbit/s, G.703

ETH
1
ETH

FMX2R3.2
4 Maintenance
FMX2R3.2
Center

ETH
Eth 10/100bT 2 Mbit/s, G.703 of the oil
1 Exch
pipeline
FMX2R3.2
ETH

ETH
4 FMX2R3.2
FMX2R3.2

2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s


G.703 G.703 G.703
2 Mbit/s
G.703
FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2
ETH ETH ETH

Eth 10/100bT Eth 10/100bT Eth 10/100bT


sensor 1 to 4 sensor 1 to 4 sensor 1 to 4
e. g. oil pipeline

Fig. 2.2 Ethernet Switching via an FMX2R3.2 Network

For connection to the public switching network the channel-associated signaling is con-
verted in V5.1/V5.2 protocols in conjunction with system module CMXII, see Fig. 2.3.
CAS V5.1/V5.2
1 2 Mbit/s, G.703 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s, G.703
G.703
FMX2R3.2
60
CMXII
2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s
G.703 G.703 G.703
e.g. STM-1
or
FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 STM-4 optical

Subs. Subs. Subs.

Fig. 2.3 Access via FMX2R3.2 Network to V5.1/V5.2 Exchange

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 27
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Multiplexer FMX2R3.2 can be accommodated as follows:


• up to 2 x in FMX2S (Flexible Multiplexer Shelf)
• up to 2 x in MXS19C (Multiplexer Shelf 19’’)
• in SNUS (Service Network Unit Shelf) in combination with the cross-connect multi-
plexer CMXC and the module SMX1/4c
• in ONU 30 FTTB or
• in ONU 20 FTTO.
ONU 30 FTTB and ONU 20 FTTO each connect a multiplexer to the transmission net-
work by means of a line termination unit (LTx). It is possible to cascade several ONUs
or to operate two ONUs in a point-to-point connection for fixed analog or digital connec-
tions.
Network termination units which are connected to the multiplexer enable one or two data
interfaces to access the subscriber directly. Network termination units for the basic ac-
cess connect remote ISDN subscribers via Uk0 (4B3T or 2B1Q) to the multiplexer.

1
G.703 64 kbit/s
V.35,V.36/RS530 UK0 (2B1Q)
X.21,V.24 IUL82C
Subrates NTU n × 64 kbit/s (n ≤ 2) 8
up to n × 64 kbit/s
UK0 (2B1Q) 1
S0 n × 64 kbit/s (n ≤ 2)
NTBA
IUL84C
UK0 (4B3T)) 8
S0
NTBA n × 64 kbit/s (n ≤ 2) FMX2R3.2

Fig. 2.4 Connecting the Network Termination Units to the Multiplexer

The multiplexer supports the following network termination units:


• Network termination unit NTU for interfaces in accordance with G.703 (64 kbit/s),
V.24 (Subbit rates, 64 kbit/s), V.35, V.36, X.21 (subbit rates, 1 or 2 × 64 kbit/s), linked
to the FMX2R3.2 via Uk0/2B1Q
• Network termination unit for basic access NTBA via Uk0 (4B3T/2B1Q).

Operating modes of FMX2R3.2


The FMX2R3.2 multiplexer supports the following applications:
• Operating modes, chosen from
– TMX2 × 30 terminal multiplexer, which contains two complete multiplexers
– DIMX drop-insert multiplexer, with which individual channels of a signal which is
connected between the two 2-Mbit/s ports of the multiplexer can be tapped off and
inserted
– TMX30(1+1) terminal multiplexer with 1+1 standby operation, which switches a
2-Mbit/s link to another on a fault
The transmission capacity of the multiplexer in the TMX2×30 and DIMX operating
modes is 60 channels each with 64 kbit/s, and in TMX30(1+1) operating mode it is
30 channels. The assignment of timeslots to the two 2-Mbit/s ports is independent
of the channel plug-in unit positions in the multiplexer. If no signaling is transmitted,
up to 31 or 62 channels each with 64 kbit/s are available.
• Port-to-port connections for V.24, V.35, V.36, RS530 or X.21 interfaces
• End-to-end protection on n × 64-kbit/s level for analog 2-wire/4-wire interfaces (with
or without E&M) and for V.24, V.35, V.36, RS530, X.21 interfaces

28 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

• Broadcasting for POTS with local battery, analog 2-wire/4-wire leased lines and all
digital interfaces
• Ethernet switch
– Ethernet over TDM mirror
– 2 Ethernet modules on a CPF2 possible
– 4 Ethernet ports 10/100Base-T according to IEEE802.3 and 802.3x and
1 or 2 TDM uplinks ports per Ethernet module
– TDM multiplexer as two times terminal or drop and insert mode
– Data rate at TDM: 1 up to 31 time slots per E1 port
– automatic MDI/MDIX crossover (for automatic switch, hub or PC detection)
• Digital conference and point-to-multipoint operation
• Voice channel in common frequency radio networks
This application is realized using system modules FMX2R3.2 (with CUD and
UAC68) and CMXC, see also user manual UMN CMXC.
1+1 protection switching of n × 64-kbit/s and 2-Mbit/s signals is not supported in this
case.
• IWU submodules of the CPF2 convert digital subscribers, which are connected at a
given customer network with X.50/X.51 data structures, into one of the system-inter-
nal data structures V.110/X.30 or I.4601).
• Timer jobs for one or two complete channels over a maximum of two timeslots
With end-to-end protection, a timer job can be set up for each subscriber port.
• Software-controlled configuration, operation and operation monitoring
Suitable interfaces are present for connecting a local operating PC and for connect-
ing to a TMN. Connected network termination units can be operated and monitored
via the multiplexer.

1) Special documentation is available for the IWU sub modules (Prod. No. A50010-A3-H102-*-7619).

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 29
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2.2 System Structure

2.2.1 Overview
The multiplexer includes the following units, see Fig. 2.5:
• A central unit drop/insert CUD
• Up to 6 line cards LC, of the following types:
– SUB102 subscriber converter, a/b wire, subscriber side
– SLX102 or SLX102E subscriber converter, a/b wire, switching side
– SLB62 subscriber converter for local battery, a/b wire
– UAC68 universal analog line card, 2/4-wire leased lines or with E&M
– SEM106C 2-wire E&M converter1)
– SEM108HC 4-wire E&M converter1)
– LLA102/104C line card for analog 2-wire/4-wire leased lines
– I8S0P ISDN line card, S0 interface
– IUL82C ISDN line card, Uk0 interface 2B1Q
– I4UK2NTP ISDN line card, Uk0 interface 2B1Q, switching side
– IUL84C ISDN line card, Uk0 interface 4B3T
– I4UK4NTP ISDN line card, Uk0 interface 4B3T, switching side
– DSC104C digital signal channel, 64 kbit/s, codirectional, G.703 interfaces
– DSC6-n×64C digital signal channel, n × 64 kbit/s, G.703 interfaces
– CPF2 digital signal channel with a maximum of
- 4 interface modules for
subrates up to 31 × 64 kbit/s, V.24/V35/V36/RS530 or X.21 interfaces,
or protocol conversion X.50/X.51 to X.30/V.110/I.460
- 2 Ethernet modules, each Ethernet module with
4 Ethernet 10/100Base-T interfaces
– CM64/2 (digital signal card, 2 Mbit/s channel multiplexer, G.703)
• Optionally a bus extension card BEC, if up to 12 line cards are connected to the
CUD2).
The multiplexer is operated and monitored via the QD2 slave interface (QD2-S) of the
central card, which is connected to a supervision unit SUE-E.

1) only in MXS19C shelf and ONU 20 FTTO

2) only possible in the shelves FMX2S and MXS19C

30 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

F2/D2 subscriber interfaces Network interfaces

System bus
SUE-E QD2-S/Ethernet
F
VF, a/b, 2w/4w
LC Alarms
VF, a/b, 2w LB
1 QD2-M
VF, E&M, 2w/4w
QD2 bus
ISDN S0
QD2-S E1A (G.703)
ISDN Uk0, 2B1Q LC E1B (G.703)
ISDN Uk0, 4B3T 6 Tin/out
n × 64 kbit/s, G.703 ZA(A), ZA(B)
CUD Sa5 to Sa8
2 Mbit/s, G.703
ECC
≤ 64 kbit/s, X.21
n × 64 kbit/s, X.21
≤ 19.2 kbit/s, V.24 LC1)
≤ 64 kbit/s, V.35 7
≤ 64 kbit/s, V.36 BEC1)
n × 64 kbit/s, V.35
LC1)
n × 64 kbit/s, V.36
12
10/100Base-T
1) optional

Fig. 2.5 Overview Circuit Diagram of Multiplexer

2.2.2 Central Unit CUD


The CUD forms the interface between the line cards of the multiplexer and the PCM sig-
nals at E1 ports E1A and E1B. In a synchronous network it operates as a Terminal Mul-
tiplexer or as a drop/insert multiplexer.

2.2.3 Bus Extension Card BEC


The BEC is used when more than 6 LCs are used:
• for full utilization of the 2-Mbit/s signal,
since a few LCs have a limited number of interfaces,
• for a comprehensive range of different subscriber interfaces.
A CUD can operate 6 LCs without a BEC, with a BEC it can operate 12 LCs. The number
of time slots of the 2-Mbit/s signal is not increased by a BEC. The BEC connects the
system bus to a further 6 LC slots and supplies these LCs with the necessary voltages.

2.2.4 Units for Operation and Supervision


The operation and supervision units include:
• Supervision unit SUE (-B1) or SUE-E (C1) in shelves SNUS, FMX2S and MXS19C
• Supervision unit MSUE in the ONU 30 FTTB
• Supervision unit COSU in the ONU 20 FTTO
• Supervision unit OSU for synchronous or asynchronous transmission of control in-
formation for remote equipment
″ SISA concentrator SISAK for asynchronous transmission of control information to
remote equipment (can only be installed in shelf MXS19C).

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 31
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

• Supervision unit SUE-S as central SISA concentrator


For a DCN (Data Communication Network) these units implement a virtual concentrator
(SISA-V) in each case. They possess QD2 slave/Ethernet and QD2 master interfaces
for incorporating the FMX2R3.2 into a SISA communication network. For local operation
an F-interface is available at the supervision units. The SUE and SUE-E can also signal
external alarms (e.g. door contact, fan failure) to the operating system (OS).

2.2.5 Line Cards for Analog Services

2.2.5.1 Converter SUB102


The SUB102 subscriber converter provides 10 a/b interfaces and can be used for the
following applications:
• Connection of conventional analog subscriber telephones or extension telephones
to digital exchange
• Together with the SLX102/E for connection of conventional analog subscriber tele-
phones or extension telephones to analog exchange or to an analog subscriber ac-
cess of digital exchange.

F2 2 Mbit/s
CAS

TE SUB102

FMX2R3.2 EXCH

Fig. 2.6 Subscriber Access to Digital Exchange

F2 2 Mbit/s F2
CAS

TE SUB102 SLX102E

FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 EXCH

Fig. 2.7 Subscriber Access to Analog Exchange

2.2.5.2 Converters SLX102 and SLX102E


The SLX102 or SLX102E provides 10 a/b interfaces and, in conjunction with the
SUB102, the SLX102/E connects conventional analog subscriber telephones or exten-
sion telephones to analog exchange or to an analog subscriber access of digital ex-
change, see Fig. 2.7. The grounding key function is transmitted for use in PABXs.

32 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2.2.5.3 Converter SLB62


The SLB62 (2-wire LB) line card connects up to 6 analog subscriber terminals with a lo-
cal battery power supply to the transmission network.

2.2.5.4 Universal Analog Unit UAC68


Universal analog line card UAC68 for 6 channels is used to provide either analog 2-wire
or 4-wire interfaces with signaling (E&M operation) or without signaling (analog leased
lines).

2.2.5.5 E & M Converter SEM106C


The SEM106C line card is used for connection of 10 VF signals in 2-wire operation to
exchange or transmission equipment which operates with E&M signaling.

2.2.5.6 E & M Converter SEM108HC


The SEM108HC line card is used in the multiplexer for connection of 10 VF signals in
4-wire operation to exchange or transmission equipment which operates with E&M sig-
naling.

2.2.5.7 Analog Leased Lines LLA102/104C


The analog leased line LLA102/104C with 10 channels is used to provide up to 10 ana-
log leased lines within a digital transmission link for service-neutral transparent point-to-
point transmission of information.
The channels can be operated with 2- or 4-wire interfaces.

F2 2 Mbit/s F2

LLA LLA
102/104C 102/104C
TE TE

FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2

Fig. 2.8 LLA102/104C in Leased Lines with 2-Wire Interface

F2 2 Mbit/s F2

LLA LLA
102/104C 102/104C
TE TE

FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2

Fig. 2.9 LLA102/104C in Leased Lines with 4-Wire Interface

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 33
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2.2.6 Line Cards for ISDN Services

2.2.6.1 ISDN Line Card I8S0P


The I8S0P unit enables an ISDN basic access to be established for remote subscriber
terminal equipment or PBXs with S0 port:
• With dial-up connections between exchange and remote subscriber terminal equip-
ment or private branch exchanges with CAS (FMX2R3.2 specific, for lengthening
from S0 to UK0) or FA signaling, Fig. 2.10 and Fig. 2.11.
• With leased lines between subscriber terminal equipment or private branch ex-
changes with FA signaling, Fig. 2.12.
• With leased lines in stand-alone mode, Fig. 2.13.
The I8S0P contains 8 independent S0 interfaces according to ITU-T I.430 that are used
in NT mode or in TE mode.

Dial-up connections with CAS signaling

TE/ S0 2 Mbit/s Uk0


I8S0P I4UK2NTP LE
PBX
NT mode NT mode

2 Mbit/s Uk0
IUL84C NTBA
LT mode

Fig. 2.10 I8S0P Dial-up Connection with CAS Signaling

Dial-up connections with FA signaling

UK0 2 Mbit/s Uk0


NTBA IUL84C I4UK4NTP LE
LT mode NT mode

S0 S0 PBX
TE/ I8S0P I8S0P
PBX 2 Mbit/s (NT mode)
NT mode TE mode

FA e.g. multiplexer
2 Mbit/s with DSC6-nx64C

Fig. 2.11 I8S0P Dial-up Connection Using FA Signaling

34 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Leased-line connections using FA signaling

2 Mbit/s Uk0
IUL84C
LT mode

2 Mbit/s
S0 2 Mbit/s S0
I8S0P I8S0P
NT mode NT mode

FA e.g multiplexer
2 Mbit/s with DSC6-nx64C

Fig. 2.12 I8S0P Leased-line Connections Using FA Signaling

Leased-line connections for stand-alone operation multiplexer

2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s IUL82C/ Uk0


e.g. multiplexer IUL84C
with DSC6-nx64C LT-Mode

S0 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s S0
I8S0P I8S0P

NT mode NT-Mode

S0
I8S0P e.g multiplexer
2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s
TE mode with DSC6-nx64C

Fig. 2.13 I8S0P Leased-line Connections for Stand-alone Operation

2.2.6.2 ISDN Line Cards IUL82C and IUL84C


The IUL82C and IUL84C line cards with 8 Uk0 interfaces are employed within digital
transmission links between subscribers and switching equipment on the subscriber side
when ISDN network termination units are to be connected to the multiplexer.
The IUL82C line card is used for 2B1Q code, while the IUL84C line card implements the
4B3T code.
This allows the following applications:
• Dial-up connections between exchange and subscriber terminal equipment with
CAS signaling (FMX2R3.2 specific, in repeater mode)
or with FA signaling (IUL84C only),
• Leased-line connections in stand-alone mode.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 35
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The Uk0 ISDN interface conforms to standard TS 102 080. Data transmission is also
possible in the format 128 kbit/s via the B1- and B2-channels of an ISDN line. The fram-
ing integrity of the 128-kbit/s connection is ensured. Connected NTBAs are fed per port
with up to 1.1 W power as consumed at the NTBA.

Dial-up connections with CAS signaling


Together with unit I8S0P, the IUL82C or IUL84C operates in an dial-up connection with
CAS signaling for lengthening from S0 to UK0, see Fig. 2.10. Additionally, the IUL82C,
or IUL84C can be used as shown in Fig. 2.14:

Uk0 IUL82C/ 2 Mbit/s Uk0


TE NTBA IUL84C I4UK2NTP LE
LT-Mode NT-Mode

Fig. 2.14 Dial-up Connection of the IUL82C or IUL84C with CAS Signaling
in Repeater Mode

Dial-up connections with FA signaling


Together with unit I8S0P, the IUL84C implements an dial-up connection with
FA signaling by Fig. 2.11. Additionally, the IUL84C can be used as shown in Fig. 2.15:

Uk0 2 Mbit/s Uk0


TE NTBA IUL84C I4UK4NTP LE
LT mode NT mode

2 Mbit/s
e.g. multiplexer FA
with DSC6-nx64C FA e.g. multiplexer
2 Mbit/s with DSC6-nx64C

Fig. 2.15 Dial-up Connection of the IUL84C with FA Signaling

Leased-line connections with FA signaling


Together with unit I8S0P, the IUL84C implements an ISDN leased-line connection with
FA signaling between Uk0 and S0, see Fig. 2.12 In addition to the leased-line connec-
tions shown in Fig. 2.12 the IUL84C can be used as shown in Fig. 2.16:

36 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2 Mbit/s
e.g. multiplexer
FA
with DSC6-nx64C

Uk0 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s Uk0


IUL84C I4UK4NTP
LT mode NT mode

FA e.g. multiplexer
2 Mbit/s with DSC6-nx64C

Fig. 2.16 Leased-Line Connections of the IUL84C with FA-Signaling

Leased-line connections in stand-alone mode


In conjunction with card I8S0P the IUL82C or IUL84C implements in stand-alone mode
the conversion from S0 to Uk0 in an ISDN connection, see Fig. 2.13. In addition to the
permanent connection shown in Fig. 2.13, the following applications can be implement-
ed:
V.24/X.21/ V.24/X.21/
V.35/V.36/ V.35/V.36/

Uk0 2 Mbit/s Uk0


NTU NTU
DTE IUL82C IUL82C DTE
NTBA NTBA
S0 LT mode LT mode S0

Fig. 2.17 Leased-Line Connections of the IUL82C in Stand-alone Mode

S0 Uk0 2 Mbit/s Uk0 S0


DTE NTBA IUL84C IUL84C NTBA DTE
LT mode LT mode

Fig. 2.18 Leased-Line Connection of the IUL84C in Stand-alone Mode

2.2.6.3 ISDN Line Cards I4UK2NTP and I4UK4NTP


ISDN line cards I4UK2NTP and I4UK4NTP with 4 Uk0 interfaces provide the interface
between multiplexer and ISDN switching equipment on the switching side. The data
from the I4UK2NTP is transmitted using the 2B1Q code and the data from the
I4UK4NTP is transmitted using the 4B3T code.

Dial-up connections with CAS signalling


Together with card I8S0P the I4UK2NTP implements in CAS dial-up connections con-
version from Uk0 to S0, see Fig. 2.10.
With card IUL82C on the subscriber side, unit I4UK2NTP (exchange side) operates in
the transmit-receive multiplexer, see Fig. 2.14.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 37
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Dial-up connections with FA signaling


Together with unit I8S0P, the I4UK4NTP implements in FA dial-up connections conver-
sion of Uk0 to S0, see Fig. 2.11.
With the IUL84C (as a subscriber-side unit) the I4UK4NTP operates in the back-to-back
multiplexer as a Uk0 extension, see Fig. 2.15.

2.2.7 Line Cards for Digital Services

2.2.7.1 Digital Signal Unit DSC104C


The DSC104C (Digital Signal Channel) line card will be employed for the transmission
of digital signals at a bit rate of 64 kbit/s. The unit incorporates 10 codirectional interfac-
es which conform to ITU-T Recommendation G.703. If a signal is being transmitted, sig-
naling bits a, b, c, d are given the fixed values 1 1 0 1.

2.2.7.2 Digital Signal Unit DSC6-nx64C


Digital Signal Channel DSC6-nx64C provides 6 interfaces in accordance with ITU-T
Recommendation G.703 and will be used for transmission of digital signals with bit rates
of n × 64 kbit/s (n = 1 to 30/31).
There is the option of operating the 6 interfaces codirectionally (n = 1 to 8) or with cen-
tralized clock (n = 1). Two of the interfaces can also be switched over to contradirection-
al mode (n = 1 to 30/31).
If a signal is being transmitted, signaling bits a, b, c, d are given the fixed values 1 1 0 1.

2.2.7.3 Digital Signal Unit CM64/2


The CM64/2 line card is used for network branch to the 2-Mbit/s level. The CM64/2 com-
bines any number of time slots and the associated signaling information (CAS) of the E1
ports (2 Mbit/s) of a multiplexer with a 2-Mbit/s signal.

2.2.7.4 Digital Signal Unit CPF2


The CPF2 is a universal digital signal channel unit for providing various local data inter-
faces (V.24, V.35, V.36, X.21), for connecting to X.50 or X.51 data networks as well as
for data transmission via Ethernet.
The following interface modules are available:

Module Interfaces Operating mode Bit rates

CIM-V.24 V.24 synchronous 0.6 to 64 kbit/s and 128 kbit/s


asynchronous 0.3 to 38.4 kbit/s and 115.2 kbit/s

CIM-V.35 V.35 synchronous 0.6 to 56 kbit/s, n × 64 kbit/s (n ≤ 30 with CAS/


CIM-V.36 V.35/RS530 31 without CAS)
asynchronous 0.3 to 38.4 kbit/s and 115.2 kbit/s
CIM-X.21 X.21

CIM-nx64E 10/100Base-T n × 64 kbit/s (n ≤ 30 with CAS/31 without CAS)

Tab. 2.1 Interface Modules for Use on the CPF2

38 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

There are 4 interfaces on the channel unit which will be implemented with four plug-in
channel interface modules (CIM-V24, CIM-V35, CIM-V36 or CIM-X.21). The function,
electrical interface and speed of the 4 ports can be configured individually and indepen-
dently of each other.
Up to 2 Ethernet interface modules CIM-nx64E can be equipped per CPF2. Each
CIM-nx64E module provides 4 Ethernet ports.
Beside the unlimited use of CIM-nx64E module in combination with all other CPF2-mod-
ules (CIM-V.24/-V.35/-V.36/-X.21) is possible via separate traffic. The number of line
cards CPF2 is only limited by the shelf or ONU equipment rules.

2.2.7.5 Front Panel Connectors for the CPF2


Different front panel connectors are intended to simplify matters wiring of the CPF2 data
interfaces with external data terminals, see also installation manual (UMN:IMN).
The interfaces of the CPF2 are connected with the front panel connectors via special
adapter cables.

V.35 V.35 V.36 X.21 RS530 V.24

1 3

2 4

Fig. 2.19 CPF2 Front Panel Connectors

Front panel connectors Ordering number

V.24 S42023-A862-S12

X.21 S42023-A862-S13

V.35 with Sub-D connection S42023-A862-S14

V.36 S42023-A862-S15

RS 530 S42023-A862-S25

V.35 S42023-A862-S26

Ethernet 10/100Base-T S42023-A862-S16

Tab. 2.2 CPF2 Front Panel Connectors

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 39
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

2.3 External Interfaces


E1 Interfaces
The E1 interfaces are on the CUD central unit drop/insert and conform to ITU-T Recom-
mendation G.703. Each E1 interface has a transmission rate of 2 Mbit/s. By setting a
switch, the interface can be terminated as desired with 120 Ω or 75 Ω.

F2/D2 Subscriber Interfaces


The F2/D2 subscriber interfaces are provided by the line cards. They are used to con-
nect analog, digital and ISDN subscribers. The number of subscriber interfaces for each
LC card type is different. For detailed information on the line cards, see Sections 2.2.5
to 2.2.7.

10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interfaces


The 10/100Base-T interfaces are provided from the Ethernet module on the line card
CPF2. They are used to connect monitoring equipment with 10/100 Base-T interfaces,
which data are transmitted via the time slot structure of a 2-Mbit/s signal. 4 Ethernet in-
terfaces are available per Ethernet module, 2 modules can be equipped pre CPF2.

T3 Interface
The T3 interface is implemented by the central unit and conforms to ITU-T G.703/13. An
external 2048-kHz clock is fed in via the T3in interface. The interface can be set to high
or low resistance by a switch. The 2048-kHz clock, which is derived from the appropriate
clock source, is output at the T3out interface, see Section 4.5.

QD2 Interface
The QD2 interface of the multiplexer is on the central unit and conforms to EIA RS485.
It is in the form of a slave interface (QD2-S), and implements access to the FMX2R3.2
network element and to remote network termination units, see also Section 2.10.

ZA(A) and ZA(B) Interface


The interface signals an alarm in the direction of the central service observation equip-
ment.
The ZA(A) interface is in the form of a normally closed contact. At the normally closed
contact ZA(A), either A alarm (urgent) or S alarm (service) is output, and for both cases
failure of the operating voltage. The ZA(B) interface is in the form of a normally open
contact. It is used to signal B alarm (non-urgent).

Interface of ECC
Via the ECC interface of the CUD, a control signal can be derived from any timeslot of
one of the E1 ports and inserted in the opposite direction. This timeslot can then no long-
er be used for information transmission. The ECC interface conforms to ITU-T Recom-
mendation V.11.
At the 64 kbit/s bit rate, no transparent data transmission is possible. The data signal
i must be transmitted using HDLC frames.

40 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Sa Bit Interfaces
The Sa bit interfaces are designed according to the interface conditions of EIA RS485.
Four Sa bit interfaces, Sa5 to Sa8, are available on the CUD.
One symmetrical signal line for the sending direction and one for the receiving direction
can be connected for each Sa bit. The transmission speed is 0.6 kbit/s (signal distortion
about 15 %) to 1.2 kbit/s (signal distortion about 30 %).
The following options for the data paths are available for all Sa bits on the CUD unit:
• Source for E1Aout: low-level / high-level / Sa*in / E1Bin / Sa*in ANDed with
E1Bin,
• Source for E1Bout: low-level / high-level / Sa*in / E1Ain /Sa*in ANDed with E1Ain,
• Source for Sa*out: low-level / high-level / high-resistance / E1Ain / E1Bin / E1Ain
ANDed with E1Bin.
If the option of frame synchronization of the CUD is used, the Sa bits are not available
! as a transmission channel. They are permanently set to “1” in the sent signal. The Sa bit
interfaces are switched to high-resistance.

2.4 Internal Interfaces


System Bus
The system bus is subdivided into the PCM highway and the LC bus. The line cards also
receive their power supply via the system bus.

PCM Highway
The PCM highway forms the interface between the central unit and the various line
cards for serial transmission of data channels and PCM-coded speech signals.
The sending and receiving signals of the PCM interface are synchronized by the same
clock, but can be in any phase position in relation to each other as far as the frame clock
is concerned. Both signal flow directions keep their own frame synchronization pulse.
PCM highway
SUE-E
LC

.
.
. SYNC CUD
LC clock
4 Mbit/s
(PCM)

LC bus
The LC bus is an 8-bit computer bus for transmission of control and signaling data be-
tween the central unit and the LCs.
The interface works on the master-slave principle, i.e. the central unit is the master and
the LCs are the slaves. Irrespective of the division in the subrack, up to 12 line cards can
be operated every 4 ms with one CUD central unit drop/insert.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 41
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LC bus
SUE-E
LC

.
.
.
4 ×CTRL CUD
LC
AD0 to AD7

2.5 Power Supply


The multiplexer is supplied with an input voltage of −48 V/−60 V.
Power supply modules on the central unit convert the −48 V/ −60 V input voltage into the
necessary operating voltages, +5 V and −5 V, to supply the modules on the unit and
LCs. The −48 V/ −60 V input voltage is protected by a 1 A replaceable fusible cartridge
on the unit.
Additionally, the power supply of the central unit switches the UKZU voltage (−48 V/
−60 V) to the LCs, protected by a 2 A replaceable fusible cartridge.

42 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3 Components

3.1 SNUS Subrack


The SNUS is a subrack in 19“ design, using adapters it is adapted to the fitting condi-
tions for the ETSI housing and racks with a minimum depth of 300 mm.
The SNUS allows the building and extending of flexible networks, because it combines
several system modules in a single shelf:
• FMX2R3.2 multiplexer with up to 6 line cards
• CMXC cross connect
• STM-1/STM-4 SDH feeder
• 2-Mbit/s line termination unit, with one of the following transmission capabilities
– 2 × 2 Mbit/s on one glass fiber
– HDB3 coded (UK2) on 2-core local loops, 2 interfaces per line termination unit
– SHDSL (2-wire/4-wire), 2 interfaces per line termination unit.
Special modules for line termination unit with Ethernet 10/100Base-T interface can
be used to transmit Ethernet data over TDM via one of the following feeder
interfaces (2 Mbit/s or STM-1/STM-4 optical, SHDSL, Uk2 or STM-1 electrical).
Subscribers
POTS 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s
2-wire/4-wire LL/E&M G.703 G.703
ISDN (UK0/S0) 16 x
STM-1
data opt./electrical
(G.703/V.24/ FMX2R3.2 26 x STM-4 optical
SMX1/4c
V.35/V.36/Eth.
RS530/X.21)
4 x 2 Mbit/s
opt., UK2 2 × LTx
SHDSL, Eth.
(2-wire/4-wire)
leased line
or feeder 1
2 Mbit/s LTx 2 x 2 Mbit/s
G.703 8 CMXC opt., UK2
SHDSL
1 ... 26 (2-wire/4-wire)
leased line
or feeder

Fig. 3.1 Use of FMX2R3.2 Multiplexer in an SNU Shelf (Example)

The subrack can accept units in double Eurocard format, and has a backplane board to
connect the internal and external interfaces.
The SNUS is equipped with a terminal panel which provides all external interfaces via
the corresponding sub-D connectors. The optical interfaces of the corresponding units
are directly accessible on the units themselves. For mechanical routing of the optical fi-
bers the SNUS is equipped with FO clips.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 43
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Fig. 3.2 Shelf SNUS (without Front Panel)

For the CPF2 data interfaces, different front panels are available, which can be plugged
into an external Main Distribution Field (MDF 180 or MDF 210), see UMN:IMN. For ca-
bling the connectors in the shelf terminal panel to the front panels, the adapter cable
S42023-A862-S11 has to be used.

3.1.1 Fitting
The SNUS has 18 slots, only a maximum of 16 of these can be used at the same time.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

OTSU2M
LTx 11)

LTx 21)

LTx 32)
SUE-E

ADM1e/o/ADM4
PU16

PU16
CUC

CUC
LCT

CUD

LC 1

LC 2

LC 3

LC 4

LC 5

LC 6

PSD
TU

1) LT2ME1/LTO, only one port of the LT2ME1 can be used alternatively fitting
2) LT2ME1/LTO, two ports of the LT2ME1 can be used

Fig. 3.3 SNUS Equipping

For the two slots 207 and 208, before the units are inserted the associated DIL switches
! must be checked, see Tab. 3.4 and Fig. 3.11.

SUE and SUE-E are combined in the name SUE-E. The SUE-E is a subsequent unit for
i SUE and fulfils the same functions, but has in addition an Ethernet interface.

44 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

FMX2R3.2 and LTx

Plug-in unit1) Plug-in place Filter7)

201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 218

Sub D in terminal panel at 2wire LC (a, b) C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1


or LTx G1 H1 L1 V42256 V42256
-Z82-M1 -Z82-M2
Sub D in terminal panel at 4wire LC (c, d) C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2

SUE-E ×

CUD ×

UAC68 × × × × × × ×

SUB102 × × × × × × ×

SLB62 × × × × × × ×

LLA102/104C × × × × × ×

I8S0P × × × × × ×

I4UK2NTP × × × × × × ×

IUL82C × × × × × × ×

IUL84C × × × × × × ×

I4UK4NTP × × × × × × ×

CM64/2 × × × × × ×

SLX102/E × × × × × × ×

DSC104C × × × × × ×

DSC6-nx64C × × × × × ×

CPF22) × × × × × × ×3)

LT2ME14) ×5) ×5) ×6)

LTO × × ×

OTSU2M ×

1) Pay attention to switch positions according at different equipping variants!


2) Modules for CPF2 that can be plugged: - CIM V.24, - CIM X.21, - CIM V.35, - CIM V.36, CIM-nx64E
3) No filter is used with CIM-nx64E module
4) Modules for LT2ME1: - Uk2mp, - SDSLmp, - SDSLop, - SDSL4op optionally with T4 module, - G703sh, -Ethernet
5) On these slots, only one interface for copper transmission lines of each LT2ME1 is wired to the Sub D in terminal panel
(means only one module - Uk2mp, - SDSLmp, - SDSLop, - SDSL4op, - G703sh)
6) This slot can be used for LT2ME1 with 2 Ethernet modules.
7) Filter types according to LC types and to Sub D in terminal panel that must be plugged and screwed on

Tab. 3.1 SNUS FMX2R3.2 and LTx Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors
in the Terminal Panel

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 45
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

CMXC

Interfaces/ Plug-in places


Plug-in unit
210 211 212 213

Port unit 1: G.703; 1 to 4/5 to 8 J1/J2

Port unit 1: G.703: 9 to 12/13 to 16 K1/K2

Port unit 2: G.703; 1 to 4/5 to 8 N1/N2

Port unit 2: G.703: 9 to 12/13 to 16 P1/P2

PCI/PCIS M1 M2

ECC L2 L2

PU16(1) ×

CUC(1) ×

CUC(2) ×

PU16(2) ×

Tab. 3.2 SNUS CMXC Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors in the Terminal Panel

Feeder SMX1/4c

Interfaces/ Plug-in places


Plug-in unit
214 216 218

(+) (-) 48V (3W3) V1, X1

V.11 interface T2

2-Mbit/s interface Q1, Q2, R1, R2, S1 S2

STM-1/STM-4 interface V2, V3, W2, W3

E3 interface U2, U3

ADM1o L-1.1 ×

ADM1o S-1.1 ×

ADM4o L-4.1 ×

ADM4o S-4.1 ×

ADM1E ×

TC21E1 ×
TC21E1R ×

TC1E3 ×

PSD ×

Tab. 3.3 SNUS SMX1/4c Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors


in the Terminal Panel

46 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.1.2 Ethernet Applications of the LT2ME1


When all three LTx slots are used for Ethernet applications, two LT2ME1, each with two
SDSL modules, have to be plugged-in slots 207 (LTx1) and 208 (LTx2). The third
LT2ME1 with two Ethernet modules have to be inserted in slot 209 (LTx3).

DDF

G.703 G.703 G.703 G.703


LT2ME1 LT2ME1 LT2ME1

Module 1 Module 1 Module 1 Module 2


SDSL SDSL Ethernet Ethernet
207 208 209

SHDSL SHDSL 100bT (port 2) 100bT (port 3)

Fig. 3.4 LT2ME1 on Slots 207, 208 and 209, Two Ethernet Modules

Additionally, an Ethernet adapter must be used (see Fig. 3.88). Ports 2 and 3 of the
Ethernet adapter are used. The G.703 interfaces are connected via the Digital Distribu-
tion Frame (DDF).

3.1.3 Internal Connections


2-Mbit/s Connections
The internal wiring of the 2-Mbit/s connections is shown in Fig. 3.5.
4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O
4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O

5 × E1I/O
4 × IE1/O

4 × E1I/O

4 × E1I/O
4 × E1I/O

5 × E1I/O
4 × E1I/O

Connectors in
termination panel

1 1 1 1
CUD LTx LTx LTx 2 PU16 2 PU16 2 TU 2 ADM1
1 2 3 3 3 3 3 ADM4
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10
11 11 11 11
12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13
14 14 14 14
15 15 15 15
16 16 16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21

Fig. 3.5 SNUS Internal 2-Mbit/s Connections, Subrack fitted with SMX1/4c

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 47
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

PCI Connections
Of the 12 PCI interfaces of a CUC, the first 4 are fed to the left-hand PU16 (slot 10) as
PCI (from the active CUC, slot 11) and as PCIS (from the redundant CUC, slot 12).
1 1 1 1
PCI PCI PCIS PCI
PU16 2 2 CUC clock CUC 2 2 PU16
3 3 1 synchr. 2 3 3
4 4 4 4
1 5 5 1
2 PCIS PCI 6 STSB 6 PCIS 2
3 7 7 3
4 8 8 4
9 CCUR 9
10 10
11 CCURS 11
12 12

Fig. 3.6 SNUS Internal Wiring of PCI Interfaces

Interfaces 5 to 8 are wired analogously as active and redundant interfaces to the right-
hand PU16 (slot 13). The changeover signals for these internal interfaces (CCUR from
the active CUC, CCURS from the redundant CUC) are in asymmetrical form.

34-Mbit/s and STM-1 Connections


The internal 34-Mbit/s and STM-1 connections are shown in Fig. 3.7.
E3in1 STM1in1 STM1in2

E3out1 STM1out1 STM1out2

TU ADM1e

Fig. 3.7 SNUS Internal 34-Mbit/s and STM-1 Connections

3.1.4 Clock Synchronization


Connectors in T3in_1 (input)
termination panel T4out_2 T3in_1 (output)
T4

T3

T4out_1
T3in_2 (input)
T3in_2 (output)

CUD LTx LTx LTx CUC CUC ADM1


1 2 3 1 2 ADM4

Fig. 3.8 SNUS Clock Distribution

48 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Synchronous signals can be fed externally via connectors in the termination panel, and
reach the ADM1/ADM4 as T3in 2 on CUD, LTx2 and CUC units and as T3in 1. The sub-
rack loops the T3in lines for onward connection to other subracks.
For synchronization purposes, T3out signals can be extracted from the CUCs (T3out 1)
or CUD (T3out 2).

3.1.5 QD2 Access


The internal wiring for operation and monitoring is shown in Fig. 3.9.
The TMN access for the subrack is the QD2 slave connector in the termination panel.
This leads to the QD2 slave port 1 of the SUE-E and to a changeover unit, which switch-
es the internal QD2 bus to either the QD2 master port of the SUE-E (in standalone op-
eration of the subrack) or parallel to the QD2 slave port 1 of the SUE-E (SNU operation).
The T terminals of the QD2 slave interface 1 of the SUE-E are also accessible in the
QD2 slave connector.
OH64
QD2-S

QD2-M

Connectors in

ECC

V.11
termination panel
SPI
QD2-S1 (T)

QD2-M
QD2-S2

1 × ECC

4 × ECC

4 × V.11
QD2 bus
S1 S2
M

F IF QD2 bus
(for LCT) CUD LTx LTx LTx LTx LTx OTSU2M ADM1 PSD
SUE-E 1 2 3 1 2 ADM4

Fig. 3.9 SNUS QD2 Access

The following internal DCN channels can be used:


• ECC channel of CUD, 4 × ECC channels of CUC 1/CUC 2
The ECC terminations of the two CUC positions are connected in parallel. Two of the
four ECC interfaces are designed with clock transfer.
• Overhead channel of LTx on slot 3
• V.11 channel of ADM1/ADM4.
The QD2 slave port 2 of the SUE-E is in the QD2-M connector. Via this port, the DCN
channel OH64 of the line termination unit LTx3 can be connected using an appropriately
assigned connector.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 49
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.1.6 Addressing
All units in this subrack, except SUE-E and CUD, are assigned slot addresses. For the
addresses which are assigned to the slots, see Section 3.1.8.
The SISA address of the SUE-E is set using the DIL switch in the termination panel. The
address of the CUD is set using the DIL switch in the backplane.
For line termination units in line card slots, some address bits are given by the coding of
the line cards. This makes it necessary to change address bits to adapt the addressing,
as it is defined in Tab. 3.5. The change is done using DIL switches in the backplane,
see Section 3.1.8.

3.1.7 Power Supply


The −48 V input voltages are fed via two separate 3W3 plugs in the termination panel.
The positive poles of both voltages are connected to each other and to the backplane,
via a common filter and protection device, as the operating ground GND. The negative
poles of both voltages are filtered separately, and supply the units in the subrack as
MUP1 and MUP2. They are fed separately to the SUE-E, PSD, and PU16 and connect-
ed to the units with reserve. For CUD, OTSU2M and the line termination units, reserve
diodes are arranged on the backplane. The CUC units are each connected to one of the
two voltages.
The line cards receive the required secondary voltages +5 V and −5 V from the CUD.
The PSD supplies the SMX1/4c with the secondary voltages +5 V and −5 V.
Without forced ventilation and with homogeneous distribution of heat sources in the sub-
rack, about 105 W of power dissipation (1.25 W per 5.08 mm of basic grid) are permitted.

Connectors in

48 V
48 V

termination panel
+ +

EMC EMC EMC


protection protection protection
MUP 1 MUP 2
OTSU2M
CUC 1

CUC 2
SUE-E

PU16

PU16
LTx 1

LTx 2

LTx 3
CUD

PSD

Fig. 3.10 SNUS Power Supply

50 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.1.8 Switch Settings


DIL switch settings according equipping

101 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 E1 G1 H1 J1 K1 L1 M1 N1 P1 Q1 R1 S1 V1 X1

17. . 21
9 . . 12

9 . . 12

9 . . 12
QD2-Master

1..4

1..4

1..4
QD2-Slave

(+)(-)48V

(+)(-)48V
HDSL(LT3)
Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln

PCI

G.703

G.703
G.703
G.703

G.703

G.703

G.703
A2 PB 6A 6A
Y2
U2 V2 W2 X2
LTx1

LTx2
LC1

LC2

LC3

LC4

LC5

LC6
16 1 Port Unit 1 CMXC Port Unit 2 Trib Unit SMX
on B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 L2 M2 N2 P2 Q2 R2 S2 T2
off S101

13. .16

13. .16

17. .21
13. .16

T3
5..8

5..8
5..8
address
A3 U3 V3 W3 X3

V.11
xt. contacts

PCIS
Y3

ECC
Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln

Tln
ZA

G.703

G.703

G.703

G.703

G.703
G.703

G.703 Trib. SMX DSMX


Unit

T3
201 202 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 SNUS

S103 S104 S111 S112 S114 S115


S102

S113 S116 214 216


201 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 215 217
202

S105

S106 S108

S107 S109

Fig. 3.11 SNUS Front View without Front Panel

The equipping options are contained in Section 3.1.1.


The following points must be taken into account:
Before slots 207 and 208 are equipped, the DIL switches on the backplane must be set
accordingly to determine whether an LC of the FMX2R3.2 or an LTx module is to be
equipped. DIL switches S111, S112, S113 and also S105, S106 and S107 must be set
for slot 207 and S114, S115, S116 and also S108 and S109 for slot 208 according to
the following table.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 51
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Slot Equipping with LC of the FMX2R3.2 Equipping with the LTx module

207 - S111 to S113, all slider switches of - S111 to S113, all slider switches of the
the DIL switches on “OFF” DIL switches on “ON”
- S105 to S116, all slider switches of - S105 to S116, all slider switches of the
the DIL switches on “ON” DIL switches on “OFF”
- S107, all slider switches of the DIL - S107, all switches of the DIL switch on “ON”
switch on “OFF”

208 - S114 to S116, all slider switches of - S114 to S116, all switches of the DIL
the DIL switches on “OFF” switches on “ON”
- S108, all slider switches of the - S108, all switches of the DIL switch
DIL switch on “ON” on “OFF”
- S109, all switches of the DIL switch - S109, all switches of the DIL switch on “ON”
on “OFF”

Tab. 3.4 SNUS DIL Switch Settings

Addresses
The SISA addresses of all units in this subrack are assigned to the backplane as follows:

Unit In slot QD2 address Slot address (connected and fixed)

SUE-E 201 Is set using DIL switch 5 bit = 3


S101 in the terminal panel (K0...K4 shelf model)
of the SNUS, see Fig. 3.12
and Fig. 3.11.
5Bit = 1 to 30

CUD 202 Is set using DIL switch SEL_0 = GND


S102 on the backplane of SEL_1 = GND
the SNUS, see Fig. 3.11.
5Bit; here only 1 to 8 usable

Line cards 1-6 203 to 208 4 bit = 1 to 6


1) 2)
LTx1 207 Fixed (5 bit) = 7
1) 2)
LTx2 208 Fixed (5 bit) = 8
2)
LTx3 209 Fixed (5 bit) = 9

PU16(1) 210 5 bit = 10

CUC(1) 211 Fixed (5 bit) = 13 5 bit = 11

CUC(2) 212 Fixed (5 bit) = 13 5 bit = 12

PU16(2) 213 5 bit = 13

ADM (SMX) 216 Fixed (5 bit) = 16

Trib.Unit 214

PSD 218 5 bit = 18

OTSU_2M 218 Fixed (5 bit) = 18

1) LTO, LTCOH, LT2ME1


2) If an LTx unit instead of a line card is equipped in slots 207 or 208, the slot must be configured
accordingly (with DIL switches S106 and S107 for slot 207 or with DIL switch S109 for slot 208).
Switches S105 and S108 must always be switched, see Fig. 3.11.)

Tab. 3.5 SNUS Units and Addressing

52 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

DIL Switch S101 for SUE-E address

20 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
ON = LOW = log 0
ON (0) Example:
Switch 1 on OFF corresponds to 20 = 1
Switch 5 on OFF corresponds to 24 = 16
1 5 OFF (1) Corresponds to address 17 for the SUE-E

DIL Switch S102 for CUD address

5 24 ON = LOW = log 0
4 23 Example:
3 22 Switch 2 on OFF corresponds to 21 = 2
Corresponds to address 2 for the CUD
2 21
1 20
ON (0) OFF (1)

TMN connection of the SNUS


Delivery state: ON ON
all slides at S103 are switched to “OFF” (to bottom) and at S104 all
slides are switched to “ON” (to top), it means supervision of the
SNUS by SUE-E (stand alone, without COMPS2 and without OSU) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
S103 S104

3.1.9 Connector Assignment

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

X101 X103 X105 X107 X109 X111 X113 X115 X117 X141 X142
HDSL-LT1
HDSL-LT2

HDSL-LT3
QD2-M
QD2-S

I/O 17-21

48 V
I/O 9-12

I/O 9-12
I/O 9-12

48 V

- -
I/O 1-4

I/O 1-4
I/O 1-4

+ +
PCI

X102

X104 X106 X108 X110 X112 X114 X116


X120 Exchange conn.
PB 2Mbit/s 2Mbit/s 2Mbit/s
LC slots
Add.1) X123 X125 X127 X129 X131 X133 X135 X137 X138 X143
T3out
ECC-CUC

X151 X152
I/O 13-16

I/O 13-16
I/O 17-21
I/O 13-16

S101
I/O 5-8

I/O 5-8
I/O 5-8

PCIS

V.11

E3in E3out
ZA
Alarm

T3an

X153 X154
X121 X122 X124 X126 X128 X130 X132 X134 X136 X144

Slot desig-
nations: 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218

1) DIL switch S101 for setting the SISA address of the SUE-E
2) LTx1/2/3 line terminating units

Fig. 3.12 SNUS Connector Assignment

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 53
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The possible equipping variants are shown in Tab. 3.1 to Tab. 3.3.

Power Supply Connectors X141 and X142

Pin X141 X142

2 -48V (MUP1) -48V (MUP2)

3 +48V (GND) +48V (GND)

Tab. 3.6 SNUS Connectors X141 and X142

Coaxial Jack X151


X151: E3in1 X152: E3out1 interface 34 Mbit/s from Tributary Unit
X153:STM-1in1 X154:STM-1out1 electrical STM-1 interface of the ADM, east
X155:STM-1in2 X156:STM-1out2 electrical STM-1 interface of the ADM, west

QD2 (X101 and X102) and Alarm Inputs (X121)

Pin X101 X102 X121


QD2 slave QD2 master Alarm inputs

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 QD2S1out_a QD2Min_a A1P

3 QD2T1out_a A3P
4 QD2S1in_a QD2Mout_a A5P

5 QD2T1in_a A7P

6
7 DAT

8 GND GND GND

9 QD2S1out_b QD2Min_b A2P


10 QD2T1out_b A4P

11 QD2S1in_b QD2Mout_b A6P

12 QD2T1in_b A8P

13

14 NRST

15 CLK AM

Tab. 3.7 SNUS 15-Contact Jacks X101, X102 and X121

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
QD2Sin_a1, b1 Slave 1 from the SUE-E
QD2Sout_a1, b1
QD2Sin_a2, b2 Slave 2 from the SUE-E
QD2Sout_a2, b2

54 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Qin_a/b, Qout_a/b Master from the SUE-E


QD2Tin_a, b T-connections of slave1 from the SUE-E
QD2Tout_a, b
DAT, CLK, NRST SPI connections to the OSU for temperature monitoring
A1P...A8P Alarm inputs of the SUE-E
AM Negative operating voltage for alarm contacts
O64in_a/b, Overhead 64 kbit/s from LTx, plug-in place 209
O64out_a/b

T3-Interfaces X143 and X144

Pin X143 X144


Connector T3out Connector T3in

1 GND_S GND_S

2 T4out1_a T3in1_a (input)

3 T3in1_a (output)

4 T4out2_a T3in2_a (input)

5 T3in 2_a (output)


6 T4out1_b T3in1_b (input)

7 T3in1_b (output)

8 T4out2_b T3in2_b (input)

9 T3in2_b (output)

Tab. 3.8 SNUS 9-Contact Jacks X120, X143 and X144

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
T4out_a1,_b1 T4 output from the CUC plug-in places
T4out_a2,_b2 T4 output from the CUD
T3in1_a, b (input) T3in1 input to the CUD-, LTx- and CUC plug-in places
T3in1_a, b (output) T3in1 output for forwarding
T3in2_a, b (input) T3in2 input to the ADM
T3in2_a, b (output) T3in2 output for forwarding

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 55
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

ZA-Contacts (X122), ECC of CUC/CUD (X131), V.11 of ADM (X138)

Pin X122 X131 X138


ZA-contacts ECC of the CUCs V.11 of the ADM

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 Ein_a1 V11ETXD_a1

3 ZAA2 Eout_a1 V11ETXD_b1


4 ZAA3 ET_a1 V11ERXD_a1

5 ZAA4 Ein_a2 V11ERXD_b1

6 ZAA5 Eout_a2 V11ETXD_a2

7 ZAA6 ET_a2 V11ETXD_b2

8 ZAA7 Ein_a3 V11ERXD_a2

9 ZAA8 Eout_a3 V11ERXD_b2

10 ZAA9 Ein_a4 V11ETXC_a

11 Eout_a4 V11ETXC_b

12 EinCUD_a V11ERXC_a
13 GND EoutCUD_a V11ERXC_b

14 ZAB1 Ein_b1 V11WTXD_a1

15 ZAB2 Eout_b1 V11WTXD_b1

16 ZAB3 ET_b1 V11WRXD_a1

17 ZAB4 Ein_b2 V11WRXD_b1

18 ZAB5 Eout_b2 V11WTXD_a2

19 ZAB6 ET_b2 V11WTXD_b2

20 ZAB7 Ein_b3 V11WRXD_a2

21 ZAB8 Eout_b3 V11WRXD_b2

22 ZAB9 Ein_b4 V11WTXC_a


23 Eout_b4 V11WTXC_b

24 EinCUD_b V11WRXC_a

25 GND EoutCUD_b V11WRXC_b

Tab. 3.9 SNUS Connectors X122, X131, X138, X112 and X132

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
ZAA Central alarming, urgent
ZAB Central alarming, non-urgent
Index 1 from SUE-E
Index 2 from CUD
Index 3...5 from LTx
Index 6, 7 from CUCs
Index 8 from PSD
Index 9 from OTSU2M
Ein/out_a/b1 to a/b4 ECC1 to ECC4 of both CUCs

56 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

ET_a/b1 and ET_a/b2 Clock signals of ECC1 and ECC2


Ein/outCUD_a/b ECC of the CUD
V11E V.11 interface east
V11W V.11 interface west
TXD Transmit
RXD Receive
TXC Transmit clock
RXC Receive clock

Line cards (X103 to X108 and X123 to X128) and LTx (X107, X108 and X111)

Line cards LTx1 to LTx3 Modules of the LT2ME1

Pin X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X107, X108, X111 Sign. G703 Uk2 SDSL T42) Eth.1)

1 GND GND GND_S H1a1 F1in_a1 F1in_a1 SHDSL_a1 T4out_a Rx_a_1


1)
2 LC(y)A1_A1 LC(y)C1_A13 H1b2 (F1in_b2) H1b1 F1in_b1 F1in_b1 SHDSL_b1 T4out_b Rx_b_1
2)
3 LC(y)A3_A2 LC(y)C3_A14 H2a1 F1out_a1 F1out_a1 SHDSL_c1 Tx_a_1
1) 2)
4 LC(y)A7_A3 LC(y)C9_A15 H2b2 {F1out_b2} H2b1 F1out_b1 F1out_b1 SHDSL_d1 Tx_b_1

5 LC(y)A11_A4 LC(y)C13_A16 H1a2 F1in_a2 F1in_a2 SHDSL_a2 T4out_a Rx_a_2


6 LC(y)A13_A5 LC(y)C17_A17 H1b2 F1in_b2 F1in_b2 SHDSL_b2 T4out_b Rx_b_2
2)
7 LC(y)A19_A6 LC(y)C19_A18 H2b1 {F1out_b1} H2a2 F1out_a2 F1out_a2 SHDSL_c2 Tx_a_2
2)
8 LC(y)A23_A7 LC(y)C23_A19 H2b2 F1out_b2 F1out_b2 SHDSL_d2 Tx_b_2

9 LC(y)A25_A8 LC(y)C25_A20 2) only with SDSL4op


10 LC(y)A29_A9 LC(y)C29_A21

11 LC(y)A31_A10 LC(y)C31_A22

12 LC(y)A15_A11 LC(y)C7_A23
13 LC(y)A17_A12 LC(y)C15_A24

14 LC(y)A2_B1 LC(y)C2_B13 H1a2 (F1in_a2)1)

15 LC(y)A4_B2 LC(y)C4_B14

16 LC(y)A8_B3 LC(y)C10_B15 H2a2 {F1out_a2}1)

17 LC(y)A12_B4 LC(y)C14_B16

18 LC(y)A14_B5 LC(y)C18_B17

19 LC(y)A20_B6 LC(y)C20_B18 H2a1 {F1out_a1}

20 LC(y)A24_B7 LC(y)C24_B19

21 LC(y)A26_B8 LC(y)C26_B20

22 LC(y)A30_B9 LC(y)C30_B21

23 LC(y)A32_B10 LC(y)C32_B22

24 LC(y)A16_B11 LC(y)C8_B23 H1a1 {F1in_a1}

25 LC(y)A18_B12 LC(y)C16_B24 H1b1 (F1in_b1)

1) The interface exists only at X111

Tab. 3.10 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128,


X103, X123, X107, X108 and X111

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 57
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
(y) y = 1...6 For LC1...LC6
e.g. LC2C1_3 Signal from pin C1 of the line card 2
A-wire from wire pair 3
H1a1, H1b1 1. interface of the LT2ME1, 1.wire pair (with 4-w. incoming)
H2a1, H2b1 1. interface of the LT2ME1, 2.wire pair (with 4-w. outgoing)
H1a2, H1b2 2. interface of the LT2ME1, 1.wire pair (with 4-w. incoming)
H2a2, H2b2 2. interface of the LT2ME1, 2.wire pair (with 4-w. outgoing)
T4out_a, b Clock output from the T4 module
Rx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data receive direction, 1. or 2. interface
Tx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data transmit direction, 1. or 2. interface

Interfaces 2 Mbit/s G.703


(PU16/1: X109, X129, X110, X130 and PU16/2: X113, X133, X114, X134)

Interfaces 2 Mbit/s G.703

Pin X109/X113 X129/X133 X110/X114 X130/X134

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 E1out1_a E1out5_a E1out9_a E1out13_a

3 E1in1_a E1in5_a E1in9_a E1in13_a

4 E1out2_a E1out6_a E1out10_a E1out14_a

5 E1in2_a E1in6_a E1in10_a E1in14_a

6 E1out3_a E1out7_a E1out11_a E1out15_a

7 E1in3_a E1in7_a E1in11_a E1in15_a


8 E1out4_a E1out8_a E1out12_a E1out16_a

9 E1in4_a E1in8_a E1in12_a E1in16_a

10

11

14 E1out1_b E1out5_b E1out9_b E1out13_b

15 E1in1_b E1in5_b E1in9_b E1in13_b

16 E1out2_b E1out6_b E1out10_b E1out14_b

17 E1in2_b E1in6_b E1in10_b E1in14_b

18 E1out3_b E1out7_b E1out11_b E1out15_b


19 E1in3_b E1in7_b E1in11_b E1in15_b

20 E1out4_b E1out8_b E1out12_b E1out16_b

21 E1in4_b E1in8_b E1in12_b E1in16_b

24

25

Tab. 3.11 SNUS Connectors X109, X110, X 113, X114, X129,


X130, X133, X134

58 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Port 5 to 8 of the PU16/1 in slot 210 (connector X129) are internal connected to the first
2-Mbit/s interface of the CUD and of the 3 LTx. Port 9 to 12 (connector X110) and port
13 to 16 (connector X130) are internal connected with the ADM.
Port 5 to 8 of the PU16/2 in slot 213 (connector X133) are internal connected to the sec-
ond 2-Mbit/s interface of the CUD and of the 3 LTx. Port 9 to 12 (connector X114) and
port 13 to 16 (connector X134) are internal connected with the ADM.

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
E1outy_a and b (y = 1 to 16) a and b wire output 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port y
E1iny_a and b (y = 1 to 16) a and b wire input 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port y

Interfaces 2 Mbit/s G.703 (TU: X115, X116, X117, X135, X136 and ADM: X137)

Interfaces 2 Mbit/s G.703

Pin X115 X135 X116 X136 X117 X137

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 E1out22_a E1out26_a E1out30_a E1out34_a E1out38_a E1out17_a


3 E1in22_a E1in26_a E1in30_a E1in34_a E1in38_a E1in17_a

4 E1out23_a E1out27_a E1out31_a E1out35_a E1out39_a E1out18_a

5 E1in23_a E1in27_a E1in31_a E1in35_a E1in39_a E1in18_a

6 E1out24_a E1out28_a E1out32_a E1out36_a E1out40_a E1out19_a


7 E1in24_a E1in28_a E1in32_a E1in36_a E1in40_a E1in19_a

8 E1out25_a E1out29_a E1out33_a E1out37_a E1out41_a E1out20_a

9 E1in25_a E1in29_a E1in33_a E1in37_a E1in41_a E1in20_a

10 E1out42_a E1out21_a

11 E1in42_a E1in21_a

12
13

14 E1out22_b E1out26_b E1out30_b E1out34_b E1out38_b E1out17_b

15 E1in22_b E1in26_b E1in30_b E1in34_b E1in38_b E1in17_b


16 E1out23_b E1out27_b E1out31_b E1out35_b E1out39_b E1out18_b

17 E1in23_b E1in27_b E1in31_b E1in35_b E1in39_b E1in18_b

18 E1out24_b E1out28_b E1out32_b E1out36_b E1out40_b E1out19_b

19 E1in24_b E1in28_b E1in32_b E1in36_b E1in40_b E1in19_b

20 E1out25_b E1out29_b E1out33_b E1out37_b E1out41_b E1out20_b

21 E1in25_b E1in29_b E1in33_b E1in37_b E1in41_b E1in20_b

22 E1out42_b E1out21_b

23 E1in42_b E1in21_b

Tab. 3.12 SNUS Connectors X115 to X117, X135 to X137

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 59
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
E1outy_a and b (y = 22 to 42) a and b wire output 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port 1 to 21
of the TU
E1iny_a and b (y = 22 to 42) a and b wire input 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port 1 to 21
of the TU
E1outy_a and b (y = 17 to 21) a and b wire output 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port y of ADM
E1iny_a and b (y = 17 to 21) a and bwire input 2 Mbit/s G.703 from port y of ADM

D-Sub connectors X103 to X108 and X123 to X128 depending on the line card

CPF2 UAC68 SUB102, SLX102/E SLB62

Pin X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X103 to X108 X103 to X108

1 GND GND GND GND GND GND

2 SN0_in_a SN2_in_a F2in_a1 F2in_a4 SB_a1 SB_a1

3 SN0_CNTL_a SN2_CNTL_a F2out_a1 F2out_a4 SB_a2


4 SN0_out_a SN2_out_a F2in_a2 F2in_a5 SB_a3 SB_a2

5 SN0_XCLK_a SN2_XCLK_a F2out_a2 F2out_a5 SB_a4 SB_a3

6 SN0_IND_a SN2_IND_a F2in_a3 F2in_a6 SB_a5


7 SN0_SCLK_a SN2_SCLK_a F2out_a3 F2out_a6 SB_a6 SB_a4

8 SN1_out_a SN3_out_a S2in_a1 S2in_a4 SB_a7

9 SN1_in_a SN3_in_a S2out_a1 S2out_a4 SB_a8 SB_a5

10 SN1_CNTL_a SN3_CNTL_a S2in_a2 S2in_a5 SB_a9


11 SN1_XCLK_a SN3_XCLK_a S2out_a2 S2out_a5 SB_a10 SB_a6

12 SN1_IND_a SN3_IND_a S2in_a3 S2in_a6

13 SN1_SCLK_a SN3_SCLK_a S2out_a3 S2out_a6

14 SN0_in_b SN2_in_b F2in_b1 F2in_b4 SB_b1 SB_b1

15 SN0_CNTL_b SN2_CNTL_b F2out_b1 F2out_b4 SB_b2

16 SN0_out_b SN2_out_b F2in_b2 F2in_b5 SB_b3 SB_b2

17 SN0_XCLK_b SN2_XCLK_b F2out_b2 F2out_b5 SB_b4 SB_b3

18 SN0_IND_b SN2_IND_b F2in_b3 F2in_b6 SB_b5

19 SN0_SCLK_b SN2_SCLK_b F2out_b3 F2out_b6 SB_b6 SB_b4

20 SN1_out_b SN3_out_b S2in_b1 S2in_b4 SB_b7

21 SN1_in_b SN3_in_b S2out_b1 S2out_b4 SB_b8 SB_b5

22 SN1_CNTL_b SN3_CNTL_b S2in_b2 S2in_b5 SB_b9

23 SN1_XCLK_b SN3_XCLK_b S2out_b2 S2out_b5 SB_b10 SB_b6

24 SN1_IND_b SN3_IND_b S2in_b3 S2in_b6

25 SN1_SCLK_b SN3_SCLK_b S2out_b3 S2out_b6

Tab. 3.13 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 1)

60 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

I8S0P I4UK2NTP, I4UK4NTP IUL82C, IUL84C

Pin X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X103 to X108 X103 to X108

1 GND GND GND GND

2 S0a1 S0a5 Uk0_a1 D2a1

3 S0c1 S0c5 D2a2

4 S0a2 S0a6 Uk0_a2 D2a3

5 S0c2 S0c6 D2a4

6 S0a3 S0a7 D2a5

7 S0c3 S0c7 Uk0_a3 D2a6

8 S0a4 S0a8 D2a7


9 S0c4 S0c8 D2a8

10

11 Uk0_a4

12

13

14 S0b1 S0b5 Uk0_b1 D2b1


15 S0d1 S0d5 D2b2

16 S0b2 S0b6 Uk0_b2 D2b3

17 S0d2 S0d6 D2b4

18 S0b3 S0b7 D2b5


19 S0d3 S0d7 Uk0_b3 D2b6

20 S0b4 S0b8 D2b7

21 S0d4 S0d8 D2b8


22

23 Uk0_b4

24

25

Tab. 3.14 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 2)

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 61
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

CM64/2 DSC104C DSC6-nx64C

Pin X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X103 to X108 X123 to X128 X103 to X108 X123 to X128

1 GND GND GND GND GND GND

2 D2out_a1 D2in_a1 D2out_a1 D2in_a1

3 D2out_a2 D2in_a2 D2out_a2 D2in_a2

4 D2out_a3 D2in_a3 D2out_a3 D2in_a3

5 D2out_a4 D2in_a4 D2out_a4 D2in_a4

6 D2out_a5 D2in_a5 D2out_a5 D2in_a5

7 D2out_a6 D2in_a6 D2out_a6 D2in_a6

8 D2out_a7 D2in_a7 T21_a1 Tin_a

9 D2out_a8 D2in_a8 T22_a1

10 D2out_a9 D2in_a9 T21_a2

11 D2out_a10 D2in_a10 T22_a2

12
13

14 F2in_a F2in_b D2out_b1 D2in_b1 D2out_b1 D2in_b1

15 F2out_a F2out_b D2out_b2 D2in_b2 D2out_b2 D2in_b2


16 Yout1_b D2out_b3 D2in_b3 D2out_b3 D2in_b3

17 Yout2_a Yout2_b D2out_b4 D2in_b4 D2out_b4 D2in_b4

18 Yout3_a Yout3_b D2out_b5 D2in_b5 D2out_b5 D2in_b5

19 Yout4_a Yout4_b D2out_b6 D2in_b6 D2out_b6 D2in_b6


20 Yin1_a Yin1_b D2out_b7 D2in_b7 T21_b1 Tin_b

21 Yin2_a Yin2_b D2out_b8 D2in_b8 T22_b1

22 Yin3_a Yin3_b D2out_b9 D2in_b9 T21_b2


23 Yin4_a Yin4_b D2out_b10 D2in_b10 T22_b2

24

25

Tab. 3.15 SNUS Connectors X103 to X108, X123 to X128 (Part 3)

62 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.1.10 Technical Data

3.1.10.1 Environmental Conditions


Operation acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3 V2.1.2 (04/2003),
class 3.1 (+5 °C to +40 °C)
Transport acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 2.3 (−40 °C to +70 °C)
Storage acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 1.3E (−45 °C to +45 °C)
Product safety acc. to EN 60950-1:2001 (1st edition)
EMV compatibility acc. to ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) and
DTAG 1TR9 (Ed. 09.2001 Rev. 06/2002)

3.1.10.2 Foreign Voltage Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor subscriber lines (OTC applications)
is implemented in 2 stages within the entire system. For further information see Section
1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.

Classification for external voltage protection acc. to EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
ITC applications according ITU-T K.20 (07/2003), basic1) level
OTC applications according ITU-T K.45 (07/2003), basic1) level

Compliance with the earth conditions according ITU-T


Indoor applications (inside subscriber building) K.31 (03/1993)
ITC applications (inside telecommunication building) K.27 (05/1996)
Outdoor applications (remote electronic sites) K.35 (05/1996)

Units, which are not meet the requirements above, contain specific information about
the foreign power protection, see technical data of the line cards.

3.1.10.3 Power Supply


Rated input voltage −48 V /−60 V
Permissible voltage range −36 V to −72 V

1) On enquiry, some line cards can also be used according enhanced level.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 63
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2 FMX2S Subrack


The FMX2S is a subrack in 19“ construction, using adapters it is adapted to the fitting
conditions for the ETSI housing and racks with a minimum depth of 300 mm.
Shelf FMX2S serves to accommodate the units of:
• One multiplexer with up to 12 line cards or
two multiplexers with up to 6 line cards each.
• Up to 6 x 2-Mbit/s line terminating units LTx, with one of the following transmission
capabilities
– 2 × 2 Mbit/s on one glass fiber
– HDB3 coded (UK2) on 2-core local loops, 2 interfaces per line termination unit
– SHDSL (2-wire/4-wire), 2 interfaces per line termination unit.
Special modules for line termination unit with Ethernet 10/100Base-T interface can
be used to transmit Ethernet data over TDM via one of the following feeder
interfaces (2 Mbit/s or STM-1/STM-4 optical, SHDSL, Uk2 or STM-1 electrical).
Special modules for line termination unit with Ethernet 10/100Base-T interface can be
used to transmit Ethernet data over TDM via optional feeder interface (2 Mbit/s optical,
SHDSL or Uk2 electrical).

Fig. 3.13 Shelf FMX2S (without Front Panel)

The subrack can accept units in double Eurocard format, and has a backplane board to
connect the internal and external interfaces.
The FMX2S is equipped with a terminal panel which provides all external interfaces via
the corresponding sub-D connectors. The optical interfaces of the corresponding units
which are directly accessible on the units themselves. For mechanical routing of the op-
tical fibers the FMX2S is equipped with FO clips.
For the CPF2 data interfaces, different front panels are available, which can be plugged
into an external Main Distribution Field (MDF 180 or MDF 210), see UMN:IMN. For ca-
bling the connectors in the shelf terminal panel to the front panels, the adapter cable
S42023-A862-S11 has to be used.

64 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.1 Fitting
The FMX2S has 18 slots, which are fitted in the following way:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

LTx 11)

LTx 21)

LTx 31)

LTx 42)

LTx 52)

LTx 62)
BEC3)
SUE-E
LCT

CUD

CUD
LC 1

LC 2

LC 3

LC 4

LC 5

LC 6

LC 1

LC 2

LC 3

LC 4

LC 5

LC 6
1) LT2ME1/LTO, only one port of the LT2ME1 can be used
2) LT2ME1/LTO, two ports of the LT2ME1 can be used
3) optionally, if more than 6 LCs are to be connected to the CUD (slot 2)
alternatively fitting

Fig. 3.14 FMX2S Equipping

For slots 8, 14 and 15, into which both channel cards and line termination units can be
! inserted, before the units are inserted the associated DIL switches must be checked,
see Section 3.2.7.

SUE and SUE-E are combined in the name SUE-E. The SUE-E is a subsequent unit for
i SUE and fulfils the same functions, but has in addition an Ethernet interface.

Plug-in unit1) Plug-in place Fil-


ter5)
201
202
203

204

205

206

207

208

209
210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218
LC1-1

LC2-1

LC3-1

LC4-1

LC5-1

LC6-1

LC1-2

LC2-2

LC3-2

LC4-2

LC5-2

LC6-2

LC/LTx
LTx1

LTx2

LTx3
LTx4

LTx5

LTx6

V42256-Z82-M1
V42256-Z82-M2
Sub-D 2-wire (a, b) E1 E1 G1 H1 J1 K1 N1 P1 Q1 R1 S1 T1
or LTx M1 M1

Sub-D 4-wire (c, d) E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 N2 P2 Q2 R2 S2 T2


or LTx L2 L2 M2 M2

SUE-E ×

CUD × ×

BEC ×

UAC68 × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

SUB102 × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

SLB62 × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

LLA102/104C × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

Tab. 3.16 FMX2S Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors


in the Terminal Panel

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 65
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Plug-in unit1) Plug-in place Fil-


ter5)

201
202
203

204

205

206

207

208

209
210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218
LC1-1

LC2-1

LC3-1

LC4-1

LC5-1

LC6-1

LC1-2

LC2-2

LC3-2

LC4-2

LC5-2

LC6-2
LC/LTx

LTx1

LTx2

LTx3
LTx4

LTx5

LTx6

V42256-Z82-M1
V42256-Z82-M2
Sub-D 2-wire (a, b) E1 E1 G1 H1 J1 K1 N1 P1 Q1 R1 S1 T1
or LTx M1 M1

Sub-D 4-wire (c, d) E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 N2 P2 Q2 R2 S2 T2


or LTx L2 L2 M2 M2

I8S0P × × × × × × × × × × × ×

I4UK2NTP × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

IUL82C × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

IUL84C × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

I4UK4NTP × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

CM 64/2 × × × × × × × × × × × ×

SLX102/E × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

DSC104C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
DSC6nx64C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
4)
CPF2 × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

LT2ME1 ×2) ×2) ×2) ×3) × ×

LTO × × × × × ×

1) Pay attention to switch positions at equipping variants! 4) Up to 4 modules for CPF2: -CIM V.24, CIM X.21, CIM V.35, CIM V.36,
2) On these slots, only one module for copper transmission up to 2 modules CIM-nx64E
lines can be equipped:- Uk2mp, - G703sh, -SDSLmp, 5) Filter types according to LC types that must be plugged and
SDSLop, -SDSL4op, -T4 module can be plugged screwed on to Sub D in terminal panel
optionally on plug-in places 216 to 218
3) This slot can be plugged with an LT2ME1 with
one Ethernet module and one SDSL module

Tab. 3.16 FMX2S Equipping, and Assignment of Connectors


in the Terminal Panel (Cont.)

66 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.2 Ethernet Applications of LT2ME1


Slot 216 (LTx4) can be used for Ethernet applications. The LT2ME1 must be equipped
with an Ethernet module (module slot 1) and an SDSL module (module slot 2). An
Ethernet adapter (see Fig. 3.88) must be used for this application. Port 2 of the Ethernet
adapter provides the 10/100Base-T interface. The G.703 interfaces are connected via
the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF). The cabling allows also to plug-in two LT2ME1 in
slot 217 (LTx5) and slot 218 (LTx6), each with two SDSL modules for feeding the
2-Mbit/s ports of the CUD.

DDF

G.703 G.703
LT2ME1

Module 1 Module 2
Ethernet SDSL
216

100bT (port 2) SHDSL

Fig. 3.15 LT2ME1 on Slot 216, One Ethernet Module

3.2.3 Clock Synchronization


A 2.048 MHz clock can be fed to T3in1 and T3in2 via a D-sub plug in the termination
panel. The T3in1 clock supplies the line termination units and a level converter on the
backplane. A loop T3in2 supplies the two CUDs with the 2.048 MHz clock and passes
the clock on to external facilities.
T3in_1
Connectors in
termination panel T3in_2 (input)
T4

T3
T3in_3 (output)
T4out_1
T4out_6

T4out_5
T4out_2

Level
converter

120 Ω

CUD 1 LTx 1 CUD 2 LTx 2 LTx 3 LTx 4 LTx 5 LTx 6

Fig. 3.16 FMX2S Clock Distribution

At another D-sub connector in the termination panel, T4out can be extracted from the
two CUDs, and T4out from LTx 5 and 6.
On plug-in places LTx4, LTx5 and LTx6, the LT2ME1 can receive the clock via the level
converter as CMOS signal T3CM. For that, the DIL switch S3 must be set accordingly,
see user manual UMN:LE2.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 67
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.4 QD2 Access


The internal wiring for operation and monitoring is shown in Fig. 3.17.
QD2-S

QD2-M

Connectors in

ECC

V.11
termination panel

OH64 4

OH64 6
QD2-M
QD2-S2

ECC 2
ECC 3
QD2-S1 (T)

S1 S2
M QD2 bus
QD2 bus
F IF
(for LCT) CUD LTx CUD LTx LTx LTx LTx LTx
SUE-E 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6

Fig. 3.17 FMX2S QD2 Access

The TMN access for the subrack is the QD2 slave plug in the termination panel. This
leads to the QD2 slave port 1 of the SUE-E.
The internal QD2 bus can be connected via switches either to the QD2 master port of
the SUE-E (in standalone operation of the subrack) or to QD2 access, e.g. from
COMPS2 within an ONU or SNU. In standalone operation, the QD2 bus connects the
QD2 slave interfaces of the FMX2R3.2 to the QD2 master interface of the SUE-E super-
vision unit.
The QD2 slave port 2 is in the QD2-M connector. Via this port, one of the internal control
channels can be connected using an appropriately assigned connector.
The following internal control channels can be used:
• ECC channels of CUDs
– ECC 2 of CUD 1 (slot 2)
– ECC 3 of CUD 2 (slot 9)
• OH64 overhead channels of LTx 4 (slot 16) and LTx 6 (slot 18).

3.2.5 Addressing
All units in this subrack, except SUE-E and CUD, are assigned slot addresses. For the
addresses which are assigned to the slots, see Section 3.2.7. The SISA address of the
SUE-E is set using the DIL switch in the termination panel. The addresses of the CUDs
are set using the DIL switch in the backplane.
For line termination units in line card slots, some address bits are given by the coding of
the line cards. This makes it necessary to change address bits to adapt the addressing,
if line termination units are installed in these slots. The change is done using DIL switch-
es for fitting LCs or LTx, see Section 3.2.7.

68 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.6 Power Supply


The −48 V input voltages are fed via two separate 3W3 plugs in the termination panel.
The positive poles of both voltages are connected to each other and to the backplane,
via a common filter and protection device, as the operating ground GND. The negative
poles of both voltages are filtered separately, and supply the units in the subrack as
MUP1 and MUP2.
Whereas the SUE-E can be fed via its own reserve diodes from both voltages, the input
voltages for the CUD and the line termination units are applied to the two voltages MUP1
and MUP2 via reserve diodes on the backplane. The line cards receive the required sec-
ondary voltages +5 V and –5 V from the CUD or BEC.
Without forced ventilation and with homogeneous distribution of heat sources in the sub-
rack, about 105 W of power dissipation (1.25 W per 5.08 mm of basic grid) are permitted.
Connectors in

48 V
48 V
termination panel
+ +

EMC EMC EMC


protection protection protection
MUP 1 MUP 2

SUE-E CUD LTx 1 CUD LTx 2 LTx 3 LTx 4 LTx 5 LTx 6

Fig. 3.18 FMX2S Power Supply

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 69
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.7 Switch Settings

X101 X102 X103 X104 X105 X106 X107 X108 X109 X110 X111 X112 X113 X114 X115 X116 X117 X118
QD2-S1 QD2-S2 ext. ECC a-row LC 1 to 6 system 1 a-row LC 1 to 6 system 2
+T-Port QD2-Mo Al. 1-3 X141 X142

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol
15pol

15pol

15pol

15pol

3W3

3W3
48V/60V 48V/60V

E1 E1
ON SUE-E addresses
CUD LT5,6
16 8 4 2 1 c-row LC 1 to 6 system 1 c-row LC 1 to 6 system 2
S100
25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol

25pol
9pol

9pol

9pol

9pol
X119 X120 X121 X123 X124 X125 X126 X127 X128 X129 X130 X131 X132 X133 X134 X135 X136 X137 X138 X139 X140
T3ab T3an PB E1 E1 ZA OH HDSL HDSL
LT1,2 LT3,4 LT3 LT1-3 LT4-6
LT5
LE
System 1 System 2

‹W
ON ON ON

S215_2 S215_4 S215_3 S215_1


S214_2 S214_4 S214_3 S214_1
S208_2 S208_4 S208_3 S208_1
4pol

4pol

4pol
X204

X214
X206

X213

X217

X218
X201

X202

X203

X205

X207

X208

X209

X210

X211

X212

X216
X215
4pol

4pol

4pol
8pol

8pol

8pol
ON

S218
2pol
2pol

2pol

2pol
ON ON ON
S301

X403

X410
S302
8pol

4pol

ON ON LC LT LC LT LC LT
4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

S315
X303

X311

X313

X317

X318
X301

X302

X304

X305

X306

X307

X308

X309

X310

X312

X314

X315

X316
ON ON 2pol
ON
S308_2 S308_1

S309
2pol

4pol

ON
S314_2
2pol
2pol

ON
ON
ON
S314_1
2pol

SUE-E CUD LC1-1 LC2-1 LC3-1 LC4-1 LC5-1 LC6-1 CUD-2 LC1-2 LC2-2 LC3-2 LC4-2 LC5-2 LC6-2 LT4 LT5 LT6
LT1 BEC LT2 LT3

LC LT LC LT

Fig. 3.19 FMX2S Front View without Front Panel

70 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Switch Adaptation to the Equipment in the FMX2

Switch What is switched Contacts Position, see also


Fig. 3.19

S100 ADR SUE-E: I4, I3, I2, I1, I0 5-pin In the terminal panel

S301 QD2S-in-out-a-b (ONU/standalone) 8-pin Between X201 and X301

S302 ADR CUD1: A4_1 = GND, A3_1, A2_1, A1_1, A0_1 4-pin Between X202 and X302
S208_1 LC6*/LTx1*/QD2M 4-pin To the right of X208,above

S208_2 LC6*/LTx1*/T3in 2-pin To the right of X208,below

S208_3 LC6*/LTx1*/SHDSL 4-pin To the right of X208,center

S208_4 LC6*/LTx1*/2 MBit/s 8-pin To the right of X208,center

S308_1 ADR1A0 2-pin To the right of X307

S308_2 (PB2/LTK1) PB2LTK11 2-pin To the right of X307

S309 ADR CUD2: A4_2 = GND, A3_2, A2_2, A1_2, A0_2 4-pin Between X308 and X309

S214_1 LC5*/LTx2*/QD2M 4-pin To the right of X214,above

S214_2 LC5*/LTx2*/T3in 2-pin To the right of X214,below


S214_3 LC5*/LTx2*/SHDSL 4-pin To the right of X214,center

S214_4 LC5*/LTx2*/2 MBit/s 8-pin To the right of X214,center

S314_1 ADR0A4 2-pin To the right of X314,below

S314_2 (PB2/LTK1) PB2LTK12 2-pin To the right of X314,center

S215_1 LC6*/LTx3*/QD2M 4-pin To the right of X215,above

S215_2 LC6*/LTx3*/T3in 2-pin To the right of X215,below

S215_3 LC6*/LTx3*/SHDSL 4-pin To the right of X215,center

S215_4 LC6*/LTx3*/2 MBit/s 8-pin To the right of X215,center

S315 (PB2/LTK1) PB2LTK13 2-pin To the right of X314,above

S218 T3ina/b_1, 120 Ohm termination 2-pin To the right of X218

Tab. 3.17 FMX2S Overview of the Switches

Backplane Addressing of the Units


All units in this subrack are assigned addresses via the backplane:

Address Unit model


setting
SUE-E CUD1 CUD2 LT

Address type Variable Variable Variable Fix,


slot address

Address width 5 Bit 5 bit 5 Bit


(MSB on GND (MSB on GND

Address type QD2 (SISA) Unit address Unit address Unit address
address

Tab. 3.18 FMX2S Address Settings for the Units

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 71
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Address Unit model


setting
SUE-E CUD1 CUD2 LT

Address switch S100 S302 S309 None


in the terminal panel in the terminal panel in the terminal panel

As-delivered 0-0-1-0-0 (stand-alone) (stand-alone) -


condition 0-0-0-1-0 0-1-0-0-1

Tab. 3.18 FMX2S Address Settings for the Units

Switching Over Addresses for Slots 208, 214 and 215


Important advice for LTx addresses.
i Since line cards and LTXs can be inserted into slots 208, 214 and 215, addresses must
also be switched here manually, in order to ensure the correct address detection.

Slot 208
The following applies to slot 208 (also see Fig. 3.19):
• Address switch S308_1 for LTx operation set to 'ON' (right)
• Address switch S308_1 for LC operation set to 'OFF' (left)

Slot 214
The following applies to slot 214 (also see Fig. 3.19):
• Address switch S314_1 for LTx operation set to 'ON' (right)
• Address switch S314_1 for LC operation set to 'OFF' (left)

Slot 215
• No address switching is necessary for slot 215.

S301: FMX2S Operating Mode


S301
ON
1 16
QD2Sin_a1
2 15 1 16
QD2Sin_b1
3 14
QD2Sout_a1
4 13 2 15
QD2Sout_b1
5 12
QD2Sin_a QD2Mout_a1 3 14
6 11
QD2Sin_b QD2Mout_b1
7 10 4 13
QD2Sout_a QD2Min_a1
8 9
QD2Sout_b QD2Min_b1 5 12

6 11

7 10

8 9

As-delivered condition: Standalone Standalone

72 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S100: SUE-E Address

S100

I4 1 10 10 9 8 7 6
I3 2 9 ON
I2 3 8
4 7 1 2 3 4 5
I1
5 6 Value 16 8 4 2 1
I0
Example: Address = 4
GND
As-delivered condition: Address 4

S302: CUD Address Switch in the 1st System

1 8 ON Value Address A4_1 (16)


A3_1
2 7 1 8 8 is on GND!
A2_1
3 6
A1_1
4 5 2 7 4
A0_1
3 6 2
S302
4 5 1
GND

Closed = 'ON' Example: Address = 2


As-delivered condition: Address 2

S309: Switch for the CUD Address in the 2nd System

1 8 ON Value Address A4_2 (16)


A3_1
2 7 1 8 8 is on GND!
A2_1
3 6
A1_1 2 7 4
4 5
A0_1
3 6 2
S309
4 5 1
Closed = 'ON' GND

Example: Address = 9
As-delivered condition: Address 9

S308_1: Address Adaptation for LC/LTx Equipping in Slot 208

S308_1 ON ON

1 4 1 4
1 4
2 3 2 3
2 3 ADR1A0

LTx1 LC

GND
As-delivered condition: LC

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 73
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S308_2: Switching Internal Signals for LTx Shelf in Slot 208

S308_2
3 2 3 2
PB2 X108 B10
3 2
4 1 4 1
PB2LTK11
4 1 ON ON

LTx1 LC
(Warning! Switches turned!)

As-delivered condition: LC Switching for LC 6-1 (PB2) or LTx1 (LTK1) in slot 8

S314_1: Address Adaptation for LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 214

S314_1 ON ON

1 4 1 4
1 4
2 3 2 3
2 3 ADR0A4

LTx1 LC
(Warning! Switches rotated!)
GND
As-delivered condition: LC Switching for addresses for LC 5-2 or LTx2 in slot 14

S314_2: Switching Internal Signals if LTx is Used in Slot 214

S314_2
3 2 3 2
PB2 X114 B10
3 2
4 1 4 1
PB2LTK12
4 1 ON ON

LTx1 LC
(Warning! Switches rotated!)
As-delivered condition: LC Switch-over LC 5-2 (PB2) or LTx2 (LTK1) in slot 14

S315: Switching Internal Signals if LTx is used in Slot 215


Warning!
i The switch is used to switch over internal signals.
If an LTx is used in slot 215, it must always be open!

S315
3 2 3 2
PB2 X115 B10
3 2
4 1 4 1
PB2LTK13
4 1 ON ON

LTx1 LC
(Warning! Switch rotated!)
As-delivered condition: LC Switch over LC 6-2 (PB2) or LTx3 (LTK1) in slot 15

74 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S218: T3in Terminator with 120 Ohm


S218 ON
1 4 121 Ohm
T3ina_1 T3inb_1 1 4
2 3
2 3
120 Ohm termination closed = ON
As-delivered condition: Open 120 Ohm

S208_1: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 208


Warning!
i If LTxs are used in slots 208, 214 and 215 (slots for LTx 1, LTx 2 and LTx 3), no lines
may be connected to the 25-pin X110, X117 and X118 sub-D-connectors and likewise
to X128, X135 and X136.

S208_1
1 8 ON ON
QD2Mout_b1 LC208C4_14B
2 7
QD2Mout_a1 LC208A4_2B 1 8 1 8
3 6
QD2Min_b1 LC208C2_13B
4 5 2 7 2 7
QD2Min_a1 LC208A2_1B

Separation of sub-D LC and QD2 bus; 3 6 3 6


If LC is used (open) 4 5 4 5
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON'
As-delivered condition: LC LC LTx

S214_1: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 214


Warning!
i If LTxs are used in slots 208, 214 and 215 (slots for LTx 1, LTx 2 and LTx 3), no lines
may be connected to the 25-pin X110, X117 and X118 sub-D-connectors and likewise
to X128, X135 and X136.

S214_1 ON ON
1 8
QD2Mout_b1 LC214C4_14B 1 8 1 8
2 7
QD2Mout_a1 LC214A4_2B
3 6 2 7 2 7
QD2Min_b1 LC214C2_13B
4 5
QD2Min_a1 LC214A2_1B
3 6 3 6
Separation of sub-D LC and QD2Bus;
4 5 4 5
if LC is used (open)
if LTx is used, closed = 'ON' LC LTx
As-delivered condition: LC

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 75
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S215_1: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 215


Warning!
i If LTxs are used in slots 208, 214 and 215 (slots for LTx 1, LTx 2 and LTx 3), no lines
may be connected to the 25-pin X110, X117 and X118 sub-D-connectors and likewise
to X128, X135 and X136.

S215_1
ON ON
1 8
QD2Mout_b1 LC215C4_14B 1 8 1 8
2 7
QD2Mout_a1 LC215A4_2B
3 6 2 7 2 7
QD2Min_b1 LC215C2_13B
4 5
QD2Min_a1 LC215A2_1B
3 6 3 6
Separation sub-D LC and QD2 bus;
4 5 4 5
If LC is used (open)
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON' LC LTx
As-delivered condition: LC

S208_2: Adapting to LC/LTx Equipping in Slot 208 (T3 clock feed)


S208_2
1 4
LC208C30_21B T3ina_1 ON ON
2 3
LC208C32_22B T3inb_1 1 4 1 4
Separation of sub-D LC and T3inA/B_1 if LTx is used
2 3 2 3
LC: Open
LTx1: Closed = 'ON' LC LTx
As-delivered condition: LC

S214_2: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 214 (T3 clock feed)


S214_2
1 4
LC214C30_21B T3ina_1 ON ON
2 3
LC214C32_22B T3inb_1 1 4 1 4

Separation of sub-D LC and T3inA/B_1 if LTx is used 2 3 2 3


L: Open
LC LTx
LTx1: Closed = 'ON'
As-delivered condition: LC

S215_2: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 215 (T3 clock feed)


S215_2
1 4 ON ON
LC215C30_21B T3ina_1
2 3 1 4 1 4
LC215C32_22B T3outb_1
2 3 2 3
Separation of sub-D LC and T3inA/B_1 if LTx is used
LC: Open LC LTx
LTx1: Closed = 'ON'
As-delivered condition: LC

76 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S208_3: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 208


Warning!
i If slot 208 is equipped with the LC card, the switch must be open to exclude any mutual
faults in the X139 (SHDSL) and X110 (LC 6, system 1) sub-D-connectors.

S208_3
ON ON
1 8
LC208A16_11B H1_a1_208 1 8 1 8
2 7
LC208A18_12B H1_b1_208
3 6 2 7 2 7
LC208A20_6B H2_a1_208
H2_b_208 4 5
H2_b1_208
3 6 3 6
(F1out_b_208)
If LC is used (open) 4 5 4 5
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON'
LC LTx
Switch separates lines from slot 208 to the X139 sub-D-connector
(LTx1, LTx2, LTx3) f¸r SHDSL. (If equipped with LC
As-delivered condition: LC

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 77
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Overview of Switches S208_3, S214_3 and S215_3


External connector slot 8 Sub-D-connector

LC 6 system 1
(a contacts)
X208
LC208A16_11B 24
16A
16B
LC208A18_12B 25 X110
18A
20B
LC208A20_6B 19 25 pin
20A
24B
H2_b_208 (F1out_b_208)
22A
26B
X128 25 pin
Slot 8 LC 6 system 1 or LTx1 LC 6 system 1
(c contacts)
not shown
External connector slot 14 S208_3
1 8 H1_a1_208 10 X139
H1a1_1
2 7 H1_b1_208 22
X214 H1b1_1 LTx1 25 pin
3 6 H2_a1_208 11
H2a1_1
LC214A16_11B 4 5 H2_b1_208 23
16A S214_3 H2b1_1
16B 1 8 H1_a1_214 6 H1a1_2
LC214A18_12B
18A 2 7 H1_b1_214 18 H1b1_2
20B 3 6 H2_a1_214 7 LTx2 SHDSL
LC214A20_6B H2a1_2
20A 4 5 H2_b1_214 19
24B H2b1_2
H2b2_14 (F1out_b_214)
22A 1 8 H1_a1_215 2 H1a1_3
26B 2 7 H1_b1_215 14 H1b1_3
3 6 H2_a1_215 3 LTx3
H2a1_3
4 5 H2_b1_215 15 H2b1_3
Connector 14 LC 5 system 2
orLTx2
o S215_3
External connector slot 15
LC 5 System 2
(a contacts)
24 a
X215
LC215A16_11B 25
16A X117
16B
LC215A18_12B 19 25 pin
18A
20B
LC215A20_6B
20A
24B
H2b2_15 (F1out_B_215)
22A
26B X135 25 pin
LC 5 system 2
(c contacts)
Slot 15 LC 6 system 2
or LTx3 not shown

LC 6 system 2
(a contacts)
24 a

25
X118
19 25 pin

If LC is used, switch setting is open.


If LTx is used, switch setting is closed = 'ON'.
IF LTx is used, (X110 and X128) and/or (X117 and X135) and/or
(X118 and X136) cable must be removed! X136 25 pin
LC 6 system 2
A clean separation at X139 is achieved by the switches if there is mixed LC and LTx (c contacts)
equipping. not shown

78 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S214_3: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 214


Warning!
i If slot 214 is equipped with the LC card, the switch must be open to exclude mutual faults
at the X139 (SHDSL) and X117 (LC 5, system 2) sub-D-connectors.

S214_3
ON ON
1 8
LC214A16_11B H1_a1_214 1 8 1 8
2 7
LC214A18_12B H1_b1_214
3 6 2 7 2 7
LC214A20_6B H2_a1_214
H2_b_214 4 5
H2_b1_214 3 6 3 6
(F1out_b_214)
4 5 4 5
If LC is used (open)
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON'
LC LTx
Separates lines from slot 214 to sub-D-connector X139
(LTx1, LTx2, LTx3) for SHDSL. (If equipped with LC)
As-delivered condition: LC

S215_3: Adapting to LC/LTx Equipping in Slot 215


Warning!
i If slot 215 is equipped with the LC card, the switch must be open to exclude mutual faults
at the X139 (SHDSL) and X118 (LC 5, system 2) sub-D-connectors.

S215_3
1 8 ON ON
LC215A16_11B H1_a1_208
2 7 1 8 1 8
LC215A18_12B H1_b1_208
3 6
LC215A20_6B H2_a1_208
4 5 2 7 2 7
H2_b_215 H2_b1_208
(F1out_b_215) 3 6 3 6
If LC is used (open)
4 5 4 5
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON'
Separates lines from slot 215 to the X139 sub-D-connector LC LTx
(LTx1, LTx2, LTx3) for SHDSL. (If equipped with LC)
As-delivered condition: LC

S208_4: Adapting to LC/LTx Equipping in Slot 208


S208_4 ON ON
1 16
LC208A24_7B E1inB1_a2 1 16 1 16
2 15 } in2
LC208A26_8B E1inA1_b2
3 14 2 15 2 15
LC208A30_9B E1inB1_a1
4 13 } in1
LC208A32_10B E1inA1_b1 3 14 3 14
5 12
LC208C24_19B E1outB1_a2
6 11 } out2 4 13 4 13
LC208C26_20B E1outA1_b2
7 10
E1out1_a1 E1outB1_a1
8 9 } out1 5 12 5 12
E1out1_b1 E1outA1_b1
in / out from LTx1 6 11 6 11
If LC is used (open)
If LTx is used, closed = ‘ON’ 7 10 7 10
Separates lines from slot 208 to sub-D-connector X129
(LTx1, LTx2) for 2 MBit/s (E1). (If equipped with LC) 8 9 8 9

As-delivered condition: LC LC LTx

Warning!
i IF slot 208 is equipped with LC, the switch must be open to exclude mutual faults at the
X129 (2 Mbit/s E1), X110 and X128 sub-D-connectors (both LC 6, system 1).

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 79
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Overview of the S208_4 and S214_4 Switches


External connector slot 8 Sub-D-connector

LC 6 system 1
(a contacts)
X208
LC208A24_7B 20
24A
LC208A26_8B 21
26A
LC208A30_9B 22 in X110
30A
LC208A32_10B 23 25 pin
32A
Slot 8 LC 6 system 1 or LTx1 LC 6 system 1
(c contacts)
LC208C24_19B 20
24C
LC208C26_20B 21
26C
LC208C30_21B 22 out X128
30C
LC208C32_22B 23 25 pin
32C
E1out1_a1
28A
E1out1_b1 S208_4
28B/28C
1 16 E1inB1_a2 5
2 15 E1inB1_b2 17 }in2 LTx1
3 14 E1inA1_a1 3 X129
4 13 E1inA1_b1 15 }in1
5 12 E1outB1_a2 4 25 pin
If LC is used, switch setting is open. } out2
If LTx is used, switch setting is closed = 'ON'. 6 11 E1outB1_b2 16
7 10 E1outA1_a1 2
8 9 E1outA1_b1 14 } out1 E1
If LTx is used, (X110 and X128)
and/or (X117 and X135) cable must be removed! (2 Mbit/s)
1 16 E1outA2_b1 18
A clean separation at X129 is achieved by the switches if 2 15 E1outA2_a1 6 } out1 LTx2
there is mixed LC and LTx equipping. 3 14 E1outB2_b2 20
4 13 E1outB2_a2 8 } out2
5 12 E1inA2_b1 19
6 11 E1inA2_a1 7 }in1
7 10 E1inB2_b2 21
8 9 E1inB2_a2 9 }in2
External connector slot 14
S214_4 LC 5 System 2
(a contacts)
X214 20
LC214A24_7B
24A
LC214A26_8B 21
26A
LC214A30_9B 22 in X117
30A
LC214A32_10B 23 25 pin.
32A
Slot 14 LC 5 system 2 or LTx2 LC 5 system 2
(c contacts)
LC214C24_19B 20
24C
LC214C26_20B 21
26C out
LC214C30_21B 22 X135
30C
LC214C32_22B 23 25 pin
32C
E1out2_a1
28A
E1out2_b1
28B/28C

80 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

S214_4: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 214


Warning!
i If slot 214 is equipped with LC, the switch must be open to exclude faults to the X129
(2 Mbit/s E1), X117 and X135 sub-D-connectors (both LC 5, system 2).

S214_4
ON ON
1 16
E1out2_b1 E1outA2_b1 1 16 1 16
2 15 } out1
E1out2_a1 E1outA2_a1
3 14 2 15 2 15
LC214C26_20B E1outB2_b2
4 13 } out2
LC214C24_19B E1outB2_a2 3 14 3 14
5 12
LC214A32_10B E1inA2_b1
6 11 } in1 4 13 4 13
LC214A30_9B E1inA2_a1
7 10
LC214A26_8B E1inB2_b2
8 9 } in2 5 12 5 12
LC214A24_7B E1inB2_a2
6 11 6 11
If LC is used (open) in / out from LTx2
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON' 7 10 7 10

Separates lines from slot 214 to sub-D-connector X129 8 9 8 9


(LTx1, LTx2) for 2 Mbit/s (E1). (If equipped with LC)
LC LTx
As-delivered condition: LC

S215_4: Adapting to LC /LTx Equipping in Slot 215


Warning!
i IF slot 215 is equipped with the LTx card, the switch must be open to exclude mutual
faults to the X130 (SHDSL), X118 and X136 (LC 6, system 2) sub-D-connectors.

S215_4
ON ON
1 16
LC215A24_7B E1inB3_a2 1 16 1 16
2 15 } in2
LC215A26_8B E1inB3_b2
3 14 2 15 2 15
LC215A30_9B E1inA3_a1
4 13 } in1
LC215A32_10B E1inA3_b1 3 14 3 14
5 12
LC215C24_19B E1outB3_a2
6 11 } out2 4 13 4 13
LC215C26_20B E1outB3_b2
7 10
E1out3_a1 E1outA3_a1
8 9 } out1 5 12 5 12
E1out3_b1 E1outA3_b1
6 11 6 11
If LC is used (open) in / out from LTx3
If LTx is used, closed = 'ON' 7 10 7 10

8 9 8 9
Separates lines from slot 214 to sub-D-connector X129
(LTx3, LTx4) for 2 Mbit/s (E1). (If equipped with LC)
LC LTx
As-delivered condition: LC

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 81
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.8 Connector Assignment


LC-Connectors (General)

Pin X105 to X110 and X113 to X118 X123 to X128 and X131 to X136

1 GND GND

2 LC(Y)A1-1A LC(Y)C1_13A

3 LC(Y)A3-2A LC(Y)C3_14A

4 LC(Y)A7-3A LC(Y)C9_15A

5 LC(Y)A11-4A LC(Y)C13_16A

6 LC(Y)A13-5A LC(Y)C17_17A

7 LC(Y)A19-6A LC(Y)C19_18A

8 LC(Y)A23-7A LC(Y)C23_19A

9 LC(Y)A25-8A LC(Y)C25_20A

10 LC(Y)A29-9A LC(Y)C29_21A

11 LC(Y)A31-10A LC(Y)C31_22A
12 LC(Y)A15-11A LC(Y)C7_23A

13 LC(Y)A17-12A LC(Y)C15_24A

14 LC(Y)A2-1B LC(Y)C2_13B

15 LC(Y)A4-2B LC(Y)C4_14B

16 LC(Y)A8-3B LC(Y)C10_15B

17 LC(Y)A12-4B LC(Y)C14_16B

18 LC(Y)A14-5B LC(Y)C18_17B
20 LC(Y)A20-6B LC(Y)C24_19B

21 LC(Y)A24-7B LC(Y)C26_20B

22 LC(Y)A26-8B LC(Y)C30_21B
23 LC(Y)A30-9B LC(Y)C32_22B

24 LC(Y)A32-10B LC(Y)C8_23B

25 LC(Y)A16-11B LC(Y)C16_24B

(Y) must be replaced by the respective number of connector!


LC1to LC6 correspond to the LC plug-in places 1 to 6

Tab. 3.19 FMX2S LC Connectors (General)

82 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LC Connectors (X105 to X110, X113 to X118, X123 to X128 and X131 to X136)

Pin SLX102/E SUB102 SLB62 UAC68 CM64/2

X105 to X110 X105 to X110 X105 to X110 X105 to X110 X123 to X128 X105 to X110 X123 to X128
X113 to X118 X113 to X118 X113 to X118 X113 to X118 X131 to X136 X113 to X118 X131 to X136

1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND


2 SB_a1 SB_a1 SB_a1 F2in_a1 F2in_a4

3 SB_a2 SB_a2 F2out_a1 F2out_a4

4 SB_a3 SB_a3 SB_a2 F2in_a2 F2in_a5

5 SB_a4 SB_a4 SB_a3 F2out_a2 F2out_a5

6 SB_a5 SB_a5 F2in_a3 F2in_a6

7 SB_a6 SB_a6 SB_a4 F2out_a3 F2out_a6


8 SB_a7 SB_a7 S2in_a1 S2in_a4

9 SB_a8 SB_a8 SB_a5 S2out_a1 S2out_a4

10 SB_a9 SB_a9 S2in_a2 S2in_a5

11 SB_a10 SB_a10 SB_a6 S2out_a2 S2out_a5

12 S2in_a3 S2in_a6

13 S2out_a3 S2out_a6
14 SB_b1 SB_b1 SB_b1 F2in_a1 F2in_b4 F2in_a F2in_b

15 SB_b2 SB_b2 F2out_b1 F2out_b4 F2out_a F2out_b

16 SB_b3 SB_b3 SB_b2 F2in_b2 F2in_b5 Yout_b1

17 SB_b4 SB_b4 SB_b3 F2out_b2 F2out_b5 Yout_a2 Yout_b2


18 SB_b5 SB_b5 F2in_b3 F2in_b6 Yout_a3 Yout_b3

19 SB_b6 SB_b6 SB_b4 F2out_b3 F2out_b6 Yout_a4 Yout_b4

20 SB_b7 SB_b7 S2in_b1 S2in_b4 Yin_a1 Yin_b1


21 SB_b8 SB_b8 SB_b5 S2out_b1 S2out_b4 Yin_a2 Yin_b2

22 SB_b9 SB_b9 S2in_b2 S2in_b5 Yin_a3 Yin_b3

23 SB_b10 SB_b10 SB_b6 S2out_b2 S2out_b5 Yin_a4 Yin_b4

24 S2in_b3 S2in_b6

25 S2out_b3 S2out_b6

Attention! Yout1_a from CM64/2 is not laid to the Sub-D-jack!

Tab. 3.20 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118,


X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 1)

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 83
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pin IUL82C, IUL84C I4UK4NTP, 4UK2NTP I8S0P

X105 to X110 X105 to X110 X105 to X110 X123 to X128


X113 to X118 X113 to X118 X113 to X118 X131 to X136

1 GND GND GND GND

2 D2a1 UK0a1 S0a1 S0a5

3 D2a2 S0c1 S0c5

4 D2a3 UK0a2 S0a2 S0a6

5 D2a4 S0c2 S0c6


6 D2a5 S0a3 S0a7

7 D2a6 UK0a3 S0c3 S0c7

8 D2a7 S0a4 S0a8

9 D2a8 S0c4 S0c8

10

11 UK0a4
12

13

14 D2b1 UK0b1 S0b1 S0b5


15 D2b2 S0d1 S0d5

16 D2b3 UK0b2 S0b2 S0b6

17 D2b4 S0d2 S0d6

18 D2b5 S0b3 S0b7


19 D2b6 UK0b3 S0d3 S0d7

20 D2b7 S0b4 S0b8

21 D2b8 S0d4 S0d8


22

23 UK0b4

24

25

Tab. 3.21 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118


X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 2)

84 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pin DSC6nx64C DSC104C CPF2

X105 to X110 X123 to X128 X105 to X110 X123 to X128 X105 to X110 X123 to X128
X113 to X118 X131 to X136 X113 to X118 X131 to X136 X113 to X118 X131 to X136

1 GND GND GND GND GND GND

2 D2out_a1 D2in_a1 D2outa1 D2in_a1 SN0_in_a SN2_in_a

3 D2out_a2 D2in_a2 D2outa2 D2in_a2 SN0_CNTL_a SN2_CNTL_a


4 D2out_a3 D2in_a3 D2outa3 D2in_a3 SN0_out_a SN2_out_a

5 D2out_a4 D2in_a4 D2outa4 D2in_a4 SN0_XCLK_a SN2_XCLK_a

6 D2out_a5 D2in_a5 D2outa5 D2in_a5 SN0_IND_a SN2_IND_a

7 D2out_a6 D2in_a6 D2outa6 D2in_a6 SN0_SCLK_a SN2_SCLK_a

8 T21_a1 Tin_a D2outa7 D2in_a7 SN1_out_a SN3_out_a

9 T22_a1 D2outa8 D2in_a8 SN1_in_a SN3_in_a

10 T21_a2 D2outa9 D2in_a9 SN1_CNTL_a SN3_CNTL_a

11 T22_a2 D2outa10 D2in_a10 SN1_XCLK_a SN3_XCLK_a

12 SN1_IND_a SN3_IND_a
13 SN1_SCLK_a SN3_SCLK_a

14 D2out_b1 D2in_b1 D2outb1 D2in_b1 SN0_in_b SN2_in_b

15 D2out_b2 D2in_b2 D2outb2 D2in_b2 SN0_CNTL_b SN2_CNTL_b

16 D2out_b3 D2in_b3 D2outb3 D2in_b3 SN0_out_b SN2_out_b

17 D2out_b4 D2in_b4 D2outb4 D2in_b4 SN0_XCLK_b SN2_XCLK_b

18 D2out_b5 D2in_b5 D2outb5 D2in_b5 SN0_IND_b SN2_IND_b

19 D2out_b6 D2in_b6 D2outb6 D2in_b6 SN0_SCLK_b SN2_SCLK_b


20 T21_b1 Tin_b D2outb7 D2in_b7 SN1_out_b SN3_out_b

21 T22_b1 D2outb8 D2in_b8 SN1_in_b SN3_in_b

22 T21_b2 D2outb9 D2in_b9 SN1_CNTL_b SN3_CNTL_b

23 T22_b2 D2outb10 D2in_b10 SN1_XCLK_b SN3_XCLK_b

24 SN1_IND_b SN3_IND_b

25 SN1_SCLK_b SN3_SCLK_b

Tab. 3.22 FMX2S Connectors X105 to X110, X113 to X118


X123 to X128 and X131 to X136 (Part 3)

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 85
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connectors X101 to X104 (SUE-E and ECC of CUDs)

Pin QD2 slave1 and T-Port QD2 slave2 and QD2-M Alarm inputs ECC of the
of the SUE-E of the SUE-E of the SUE-E SUE-E and CUDs
X101 X102 X103 X104

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 QD2S1out_a QD2Min_a A1P ECC2in_a

3 QD2T1out_a QD2S2out_a A3P ECC1in_a

4 QD2S1in_a QD2Mout_a A5P ECC2out_a

5 QD2T1in_a QD2S2in_a A7P ECC1out_a

6 ECC3in_a
7 ECC3out_a

8 GND GND GND GND

9 QD2S1out_b QD2Min_b A2P ECC2in_b

10 QD2T1out_b QD2S2out_b A4P ECC1in_b

11 QD2S1in_b QD2Mout_b A6P ECC2out_b

12 QD2T1in_b QD2S2in_b A8P ECC1out_b


13 ECC3in_b

14 ECC3out_b

15 AM

Tab. 3.23 FMX2S Connectors X101 to X104

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operation ground


GND-S Shielded ground
QD2Sin_a1, b1, QD2Sout_a1, b1 Slave 1 from the SUE-E
QD2Sin_a2, b2, QD2Sout_a2, b2 Slave 2 from the SUE-E
QD2Min_a, b, QD2Mout_a, b Master interface from the SUE-E
QD2Tin_a, b, QD2Tout_a, b T-connections of slave1 from the SUE-E
A1P to A8P Alarm inputs of the SUE-E
AM Negative operating voltage for alarm contacts
ECC2in_a, b, ECC2out_a, b ECC from the CUD 1, plug-in place 202
ECC3in_a, b, ECC3out_a, b ECC from the CUD 2, plug-in place 209

86 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connectors X119, X120, X121 and X138 (T3, T4, OH)

Pin T3out T3in Overhead (LTx4 and LTx6)


X119 X120 X121 X138

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 T4out_a1 T3in_a2 PB0 O64out_a1

3 T4out_a5 T3in_a3 PB2 O64in_a1


4 T4out_a2 T3in_a1 O64out_a2

5 T4out_a6 O64in_a2

6 T4out_b1 T3in_b2 PB1 O64out_b1

7 T4out_b5 T3in_b3 PB3 O64in_b1

8 T4out_b2 T3in_b1 O64out_b2

9 T4out_b6 O64in_b2

Tab. 3.24 FMX2S Connectors X119 to X121 and X138

Signal Abbreviations

GND-S Shielded ground


T4out_a1, b1 T3 output from the CUD1 plug-in places 2
T4out_a2, b2 T3 output from the CUD2 plug-in places 9
T3in_a2, b2, T3out_a3, b3 T3-loops input or output CUD1
T4out_a5, T4out_b5 T3-output from LTx5 plug-in place 17
T4out_a6, T4out_b6 T3-output from LTx6 plug-in place 18
T3in_a1, T3in_b1 T3-input to LT-plug-in places
O64out_a1...O64in_b1 Overhead LTx4, plug-in place 16
O64out_a2...O64in_b2 Overhead LTx6, plug-in place 18

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 87
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connectors X139 and X140 (line interfaces)

Pin LTx 1, 2, 3 LTx 4, 5, 6 Signal Module Module Module Module Module


X139 X140 G.703 Uk2 SDSL T41) Ethernet2)

1 GND_S GND_S H1a1 F1in_a1 F1in_a1 SHDSL_a1 T4out_a Rx_a_1

2 H1a1_3 H1a1_6 H1b1 F1in_b1 F1in_b1 SHDSL_b1 T4out_b Rx_b_1

3 H2a1_3 H2a1_6 H2a1 F1out_a1 F1out_a1 SHDSL_c11) Tx_a_1

4 H1a2_6 H2b1 F1out_b1 F1out_b1 SHDSL_d11) Tx_b_1

5 H2a2_6 H1a2 F1in_a2 F1in_a2 SHDSL_a2 T4out_a Rx_a_2

6 H1a1_2 H1a1_5 H1b2 F1in_b2 F1in_b2 SHDSL_b2 T4out_b Rx_b_2

7 H2a1_2 H2a1_5 H2a2 F1out_a2 F1out_a2 SHDSL_c21) Tx_a_2

8 H1a2_5 H2b2 F1out_b2 F1out_b2 SHDSL_d21) Tx_b_2

9 H2a2_5 1) only with SDSL4op

10 H1a1_1 H1a1_4 2) only LTx4 at X140

11 H2a1_1 H2a1_4

12 H1a2_4

13 H2a2_4

14 H1b1_3 H1b1_6

15 H2b1_3 H2b1_6
16 H1b2_6

17 H2b2_6

18 H1b1_2 H1b1_5

19 H2b1_2 H2b1_5
20 H1b2_5

21 H2b2_5

22 H1b1_1 H1b1_4
23 H2b1_1 H2b1_4

24 H1b2_4

25 H2b2_4

Tab. 3.25 FMX2S Connectors X139 and X140

Signal Abbreviations

GND-S Shielded ground


H1a1, H1b1, H2a1, H2b1_y Interface 1 from LTx1...LTx6
(y = 1...6)
H1a2, H1b2, H2a2, H2b2_y Interface 2 from LTx1...LTx6
(y = 1...6)
e.g. H1a_5...H2b2_5 Interface 2 from 5. LTx place
T4out_a, b Clock output from T4 module
Rx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data receive direction, 1. or 2. interface
Tx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data transmit direction, 1. or 2. interface

88 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connectors X111, X112, X129, X130 (2 Mbit/s G.703 CUD plug-in place 2, LTx)

Pin CUD place 2 LTx5, LTx6 LTx1, LTx2 LTx3, LTx4 Remark
X111 X112 X129 X130

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S


E1out81_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx1
2 E1out21_a E1out181_a E1out81_a E1out31_a
E1in81_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx1
3 E1in21_a E1in181_a E1in81_a E1in31_a E1out82_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx1
4 E1out22_a E1out182_a E1out82_a E1out32_a E1in82_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx1

5 E1in22_a E1in182_a E1in82_a E1in32_a


E1out151_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx2
6 E1out91_a E1out191_a E1out151_a E1out41_a E1in151_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx2
7 E1in91_a E1in191_a E1in151_a E1in41_a E1out152_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx2
E1in152_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx2
8 E1out92_a E1out192_a E1out152_a E1out42_a

9 E1in92_a E1in192_a E1in152_a E1in42_a E1out31_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx3


10 E1in31_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx3
E1out32_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx3
11
E1in32_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx3
12

13 E1out41_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx4


E1in41_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx4
14 E1out21_b E1out181_b E1out81_b E1out31_b
E1out42_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx4
15 E1in21_b E1in181_b E1in81_b E1in31_b E1in42_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx4E1
16 E1out22_b E2out182_b E1out82_b E1out32_b
E1out181_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx5
17 E1in22_b E2in182_b E1in82_b E1in32_b
E1in181_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx5
18 E1out91_b E1out191_b E2out151_b E2out41_b
E1out182_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx5
19 E1in91_b E1in191_b E2in151_b E2in41_b E1in182_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx5
20 E1out92_b E2out192_b E2out152_b E2out42_b
E1out191_a/b: output of the 1. interface of LTx6
21 E1in92_b E2in192_b E2in152_b E2in42_b
E1in191_a/b: input of the 1. interface of LTx6
22 E1out192_a/b: output of the 2. interface of LTx6
23 E1in192_a/b: input of the 2. interface of LTx6

24

25

Tab. 3.26 FMX2S Connectors X111, X112, X129 and X130

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 89
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connector X137 (ZA contacts)

Assignment Pin Pin Assignment Remark

GND_S 1 Shielded ground

2 14 ZA_301 ZA contact from SUE-E

ZAA_302 3 15 ZAB_302 ZA contact from CUD, plug-in place 2


ZAA_309 4 16 ZAB_309 ZA contact from CUD, plug-in place 9

ZAA_308 5 17 ZAB_308 ZA contact from LT1, plug-in place 8

ZAA_314 6 18 ZAB_314 ZA contact from LT2, plug-in place 14

ZAA_315 7 19 ZAB_315 ZA contact from LT3, plug-in place 15

ZAA_316 8 20 ZAB_316 ZA contact from LT4, plug-in place 16

ZAA_317 9 21 ZAB_317 ZA contact from LT5, plug-in place 17


ZAA_318 10 22 ZAB_318 ZA contact from LT6, plug-in place 18

11 23

12 24

GND 13 25 GND Operation ground

Tab. 3.27 FMX2S Connector X137

Connectors X141, X142 (power supply connectors)

X141 X142

1 1

− 48 V (MUP 1) 2 − 48 V (MUP 2) 2

+ 48 V (GND) 3 + 48 V (GND) 3

Tab. 3.28 FMX2S Connectors X141 and X142

90 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.2.9 Technical Data

3.2.9.1 Environmental Conditions


Operation acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3 V2.1.2
(04/2003),
class 3.1 (+5 °C to +40 °C)
Transport acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 2.3 (−40 °C to +70 °C)
Storage acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 1.3E (−45 °C to +45 °C)
Product safety acc. to EN 60950-1:2001 (1st edition)
EMV compatibility acc. to ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) and
DTAG 1TR9 (Ed. 09.2001 Rev. 06/2002)

3.2.9.2 Foreign Voltage Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor subscriber lines (OTC applications)
is implemented in 2 stages within the entire system. For further information see Section
1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.

Classification for external voltage protection acc. to EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
ITC applications according ITU-T K.20 (07/2003), basic1) level
OTC applications according ITU-T K.45 (07/2003), basic1) level

Compliance with the earth conditions according ITU-T


Indoor applications (inside subscriber building) K.31 (03/1993)
ITC applications (inside telecommunication building) K.27 (05/1996)
Outdoor applications (remote electronic sites) K.35 (05/1996)

Units, which are not meet the requirements above, contain specific information about
the foreign power protection, see technical data of the line cards.

3.2.9.3 Power Supply


Rated input voltage −48 V /−60 V
Permissible voltage range −36 V to −72 V

1) On enquiry, some line cards can also be used according enhanced level.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 91
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3 MXS19C Subrack

3.3.1 Structure
The MXS19C is a subrack in 19“ design, using adapters it is adapted to the fitting con-
ditions for the ETSI housing and racks with a minimum depth of 300 mm. The shelf
MXS19C can only be mounted in racks, shelter or housings according to installation
conditions of IEC 60297.
There is no terminal panel. The shelf contains no front access connector panel, the con-
nections will be realized via rear side located delivery connectors, see Fig. 3.20.
The shelf MXS19C can be equipped with plug-in units:
• FMX2R3.2
– Central unit CUD
The CUD requires the FMX2R3.2 load.
– Narrowband line cards for voice, data and ISDN services as well as fast Ethernet
over TDM
• Line termination units, feeder or leased lines
– Access via copper cables with units LT2ME1
– Access via optical fiber (units LTO/LT or LTO/NT)
– Connection to devices with Ethernet 10/100Base-T interface.
The shelf MXS19C supports in maximum 12 line cards that can be controlled by one or
two CUDs.

LASER KLASSE 1
LASER CLASS 1

ACHTUNG!
LASER UND GLASFASER
MECHANISCH
NICHT BELASTEN

ATTENTION!
LASER AND GLASFIBER
MUST NOT BE
PHYSICALLY DAMAGED
OR STRAinED

MXS19C

Fig. 3.20 Shelf MXS19C with Front Cover

If line termination units with optical modules (LTO/LT or LTO/NT) are equipped in the
MXS19C shelf, the shelf can be supplemented with a glass fiber guide. This guide will
be mounted immediately above the MXS19C shelf on the rack spars. The glass fibers
of optical line termination units are guided upwards over a holding device. The central
front cover can be removed without any release of the glass fiber connections.

92 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

For the CPF2 data interfaces, different front panels are available, which can be plugged
into an external Main Distribution Field (MDF 180 or MDF 210), see UMN:IMN. For ca-
bling the connectors of the shelf to the front panels, the adapter cable S42023-A799-S18
has to be used.

Fig. 3.21 MXS19C Front View without Front Cover, Unequipped

Connector for
power supply

Fig. 3.22 MXS19C Rear View

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 93
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.2 Fitting
The MXS19C has 18 slots, which are fitted in the following way:
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218

CUD/BEC
LC/LTx3

LC/LTx4

LC/LTx5

LC/LTx6
LC/LTx7

LC/LTx8
SUE-E

SISAK
LTx1

LTx2

CUD
LC

LC

LC

LC

LC

LC
Fig. 3.23 MXS19C Equipping

Plug-in place
Plug-in unit
201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218
SUE (-B1), SUE-E (C1) ×
CUD ×2) ×2)
BEC ×
SUB102 × × × × × × × × × × × ×
SLX102/E × × × × × × × × × × × ×
UAC68 × × × × × × × × × × × ×
SLB62 × × × × × × × × × × × ×
SEM106C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
SEM108HC × × × × × × × × × × × ×
LLA102/104C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
I8S0P × × × × × × × × × × × ×
I4UK2NTP × × × × × × × × × × × ×
IUL82C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
I4UK4NTP × × × × × × × × × × × ×
IUL84C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
CPF24) × × × × × × × × × × × ×
DSC6nx64C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
DSC104C × × × × × × × × × × × ×
LTO/LT × × × × ×1) × × ×
LTO/NT × × × × ×1) × × ×
3) × × × × × × × ×
LT2ME1
SISAK ×
1) If the LTO is plugged into slot 206 it is not possible to use the neighboring slot 207
2) The central units CUD required the FMX2R3.2 load.
3) Pluggable modules of the LT2ME1: UK2mp, G703sh, SDSLmp, SDSLop, Ethernet module, SDSL4op optionally with T4 module
4) Pluggable modules of the CPF2: CIM V.24, CIM X.21, CIM V.35, CIM V.36, CIM-nx64E

Tab. 3.29 MXS19C Equipping

94 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.3 E1 Interfaces
Each CUD contains two E1 interfaces. The E1 interfaces of both CUDs can be accessed
at connectors X110/X111, which are located on the rear side connector panel. The im-
pedances of the E1 interfaces are adjustable by switches on the CUD between 120 Ω
balanced and 75 Ω unbalanced.
The E1 interfaces of line termination units on the slot delivery connectors have to be
connected with an external distribution frame via special cables, see Section 3.3.4.
To connect the 2-Mbit/s signals with 75 Ω coax cable, the b pin should be connected to
the shield of the coax cable (GND). It is necessary that no cable shield is connected to
the shield of the grip plate, because the voltage potential of the grip plate shield is
GND_S.
For cross connection of the unbalanced cable or for changing from balanced to unbal-
anced cable it is advisable to use the Coax Distribution Field (CDF) S42023-A890-A75.

3.3.4 Line Termination Interfaces


The slots 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 215, 216 and 217 can be equipped with line termina-
tion units. The backplane of the MXS19C supports any connections on these slots to the
management interfaces. All needed connections are realized inside the shelf.
Each LTx and combined LC/LTx slot contains two 4-wire interfaces (E1 interfaces),
which can be used for the different balanced line interfaces (F1, SHDSL, Uk2 or
10/100Base-T). The interfaces, available on the connectors X103, X104, X105, X106,
X115, X116, and X117, have to be connected according to the pin assignment of the line
termination unit.

G.703
To the E1 distribution frame (DDF)
Line QD2
To the QD2 distribution frame
Termination T3in
Unit From external clock reference
F1/SHDSL/Uk2/Ethernet 10/100bT

LSA connecting strip for


copper line interfaces
or Ethernet adapter

Fig. 3.24 External Interfaces of the Line Termination Units

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 95
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.5 Ethernet Applications of the LT2ME1


The following Ethernet applications can be used with MXS19. An Ethernet adapter
(see Fig. 3.88) must be used for the applications.
• Slot 202 (LTx1) and slot 203 (LTx2) are equipped with LT2ME1, each with two SDSL
modules. The LT2ME1 with one Ethernet and one SDSL module can be equipped
on a LC/LTx-combined slot. Port 2 of the Ethernet adapter is used. The G.703 inter-
faces are connected via the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF).

DDF

G.703 G.703
LT2ME1
Slots
Module 1 Module 2 204/205/ 206/
Ethernet SDSL
215/216/217

100bT (port 2) SHDSL

Fig. 3.25 LT2ME1 Each With One Ethernet Module

• Slots 202 and 203 (LTx1 and LTx2) are used for Ethernet applications. One LT2ME1
with two Ethernet modules is inserted on slot 202, the second LT2ME1 with two
SDSL modules is inserted on slot 203. Port 2 and port 3 of the Ethernet adapter are
used. The G.703 interfaces are connected via the DDF, or they are directly bridged
in the connector.

DDF

G.703 G.703 G.703 G.703


LT2ME1 LT2ME1

Modul 1 Modul 2 Modul 1 Modul 2


Ethernet Ethernet SDSL SDSL
202 203

100bT (Port 2) 100bT (Port 3) SHDSL SHDSL

Fig. 3.26 LT2ME1 on Slots 202 and 203, Two Ethernet Modules

96 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.6 Cables and Filters for Electromagnetic Compatibility


For adherence of EMV requirements, some units need braided shield cables and/or
have to use EMC planar filters. The following table summarizes the possibilities to min-
imize EMC disturbances.

Line card/LTx Braided shield With EMC planar filter


cable required

I8S0P x x

CPF2 x x

DSC6nx64C x x

DSC104C x x

LTO x

LT2ME1 x
UAC68 x

SUB102 x

SLX102/E x

SLB62 x

SEM106C x

SEM108HC x
LLA102/104C x

IUL82C x

IUL84C x

I4UK2NTP x

I4UK4NTP x

SUE-E x

SISAK x
CUD x

Tab. 3.30 Cables and Filters for EMC

For LT slots it is not necessary to equip the Din 41612 connector with an EMC planar
filter because at these slots a braided shield cable is used.
If a line card shall use an EMC planar filter set, the module S50034-H2-A1 must be
equipped on the Din 41612 connector.

3.3.7 Clock Synchronization


In principle, the FMX2R3.2 will be operated synchronously. A plesiochronous operating
mode is not possible. An internal clock source will be need for alarming purposes (AIS).
The system clock of the multiplexer and the LTx will be derived from one of the following
clock sources:
• One of the two E1 receive signals
• The external reference clock T3in
• An internal free-running oscillator on CUD.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 97
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The distribution of the clock information to the peripheral line cards will be realized over
the PCM highway. The frame alignment on the peripheral units will be established by
elastic stores.
The MXS19C provides a balanced clock input T3in via the common delivery connector
X101 for the T3 reference clock 2.048 MHz according to ITU-T G.703/13. By using the
external reference clock T3in, both CUDs will be synchronized.
Both CUDs can derive a synchronization clock T4 from their receive signal to synchro-
nize other functional units. The balanced clock signals T4out_210 and T4out_211 are
connected on the delivery connector X101.
T4out_210 T3in (input)
T4out_211
T4

T3
Level
converter
X101 X101
S4
T3in (output)

120 Ω
for synchronization
of further shelves

LTx1 LTx 2 CUD 1 CUD 2

Fig. 3.27 MXS19C Clock Distribution

The LT2ME1 receives the clock via the level converter as CMOS signal T3CM. For that,
the DIL switch S3 must be set accordingly, see user manual UMN:LE2.

3.3.8 QD2 Access


The internal wiring for operation and monitoring is shown in Fig. 3.28.
The TMN access for the subrack is the QD2 slave interface on connector X101. This
leads to the QD2 slave port 1 of the SUE-E. The T terminals of the QD2 slave interface
1 of the SUE-E are also accessible in the QD2 slave connector. The SUE-E will be ad-
dressed via a DIL switch on the backplane.
The multiplexer, including the various line cards, forms the network element FMX2R3.
TMN access to the FMX2R3 is via the QD2 slave interface of the central unit with
bitrates of 9.6 kbit/s or 64 kbit/s autodetect. The network element is fix addressed by
backplane coding, with five bits for the CUD central unit.
It is possible to share the line cards in the shelf to two network elements FMX2R3 by
equipping a second central unit CUD. In this case, each CUD takes over the control of
the half from the shelf. The QD2 slave ports of both CUDs are switched in parallel, each
CUD has its own QD2 address.
If one multiplexer with more than 6 line cards is needed, a BEC can be plugged-in at the
second CUD slot. This BEC connects automatically the both PCM busses and feeds the
line cards on the right hand side of the shelf with voltage.
The internal QD2 bus is a 4-wire interface based on EIA RS485. The master of the in-
ternal QD2 bus can be a SISAV, located outside of the MXS19C, e.g. the OSU in a
COMPS2 shelf, or it is the SUE-E plugged into the MXS19C. By using the QD2 switches
S2 and S3 the internal QD2 bus can be connected to the QD2 master port of the SUE-E
(S2 open, S3 closed) or to the QD2 slave port of the MXS19C (S2 closed, S3 open).

98 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Operating system (OS)

QD2-S

Addr.-Switch
1 ... 30
QD2 slave
F SUE-E
QD2 master Addresses have to be set
on the plug-in unit
without SUE-E QD2-S
with SUE-E Internal QD2 bus
Addr. SW
Addr. 10 Addr. 11 Addr. xx Addr. xx 1 ... 30
QD2 switch
S2 and S3 CUD#1 CUD#2 SISAK
SISAV SISAV QD2-S
SISAV SISAV SISAV
LT#1/LT LT#8/LT

SISA0 SISA0 SISAK


FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 QD2-S
LCs LCs

SISA0 SISA0 SISAV SISAV

FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2 LT#1/NT LT#8/NT QD2-M

SISA0 SISA0

FMX2R3.2 FMX2R3.2

Fig. 3.28 MXS19C QD2 Access

X101
QD2Sin1
QD2Sout1
S2
QD2SAN1 QD2SAB1
Slave port 1 QD2Sout
Internal QD2 bus
QD2Min
QD2Sin
Master
port QD2Sout QD2Sin
QD2Mout Slave port

SUE-E S3 CUD/LTx

Fig. 3.29 QD2 Bus Switch-over

If the QD2 interface of the SISAK should be used, an external cable connection is nec-
essary according to general cabling plan, see also Section 5.7.
The CUD can decouple an embedded control channel (ECC), which can be used for
transmission of management data. The ECC interfaces of both CUDs are led to the con-
nector X101, where a connection to the SISAK can be established. A configured
64-kbit/s time slot of one of the 4 possible E1 ports must be connected to the ECC port.
The shelf can be local operated via the F-interface of the SUE-E. The interface is acces-
sible after removing the front cover.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 99
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.9 Addressing
All units in this shelf, except SUE-E and SISAK, are assigned the slot addresses as QD2
addresses. For the addresses which are assigned to the slots, see Tab. 3.31.
The SISA address of the SUE-E is set using the DIL switch S101 in the backplane. With-
out SUE-E, the SISA address must be set with a DIL switch on the CUD, see Section
3.6.3.
For line termination units in line card slots, some address bits are given by the coding of
the line cards. This makes it necessary to change address bits to adapt the addressing,
as it is shown in Tab. 3.31. The change is done using DIL switches, see UMN:LE2.

Unit Plug-in place Slot address QD2 address


(fix)

SUE-E 201 DIL switch S101 on the backplane of the shelf, see
Fig. 3.31,
5 bit = 1 to 30

LTx#1 202 12 12

LTx#2 203 13 13

LC#1 204 1 -

LTx#3 204 16 16
LC#2 205 2 -

LTx#4 205 1 1

LC#3 206 3 -

LTx#5 206 17 17

LC#4 207 4 -

LC#5 208 5 -

LC#6 209 6 -
CUD 210 10 10 with SUE-E,
without SUE-E it is set with DIL switch 6 on the CUD

CUD/BEC 211 11 11 with SUE-E,


without SUE-E it is set with DIL switch 6 on the CUD

LC#7 212 1 -
LC#8 213 2 -

LC#9 214 3 -

LC#10 215 4 -

LTx#6 215 8 8

LC#11 216 5 -

LTx#7 216 24 24

LC#12 217 6 -

LTx#8 217 9 9

SISAK 218 set with LCT, see UMN:ITMN

Tab. 3.31 MXS19C Plug-in Units and Addresses

100 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.10 Alarming
The shelf MXS19C supports the ZA contacts of the CUDs and the SUE-E. Furthermore
supports the MXS19C 8 one-pin alarm contacts of the SUE-E. These contacts are con-
nected to connector X101.

3.3.11 Power Supply and Dissipation in the Shelf


The supply voltage M48V, with a common return path P48V is fed via a terminal block
to the backplane connector X120. The nominal DC input voltage of M48V is −48 VDC or
−60 VDC, the interface fulfills the requirements of ETS 300 132-2. The recommended
fuse value for the M48V is 16 A.
The joint GND potential is used as a reference potential for all signals within the shelf
and is connected to GND on the backplane. There is also a potential GND-S for the EMC
filter and for the over voltage protection.
The shelf MXS19C does not support voltage redundancy; this feature can be realized
by an external diode module. An EMC circuit with feed through filters is used to fulfil the
EMC requirements on the DC interface. The DC interface is also lightening protected.
Behind the EMC filter the supply voltage is fed to the supervision unit, line termination
units, CUDs and SISAK. Line cards are fed from the CUD.
All line card and combined slots get the supply voltage MUKZU_11, MUKZU_12, which
is a filtered and fused supply voltage of M48V, from the CUD.
The power supply voltages MUP is necessary for the operation of the CUD, line termi-
nation unit, supervision unit and the line cards. The following secondary voltages will be
provided by the SUE-E and CUD´s, the voltages are filtered to fulfil the EMC require-
ments.

SUE-E_5V +5 V from the SUE-E for backplane EEPROM and T3 voltage level
converter
VCC_1 +5 V from the left CUD for line cards
VCC_2 +5 V from the right CUD for line cards
M5V_1 -5 V from the left CUD for line cards
M5V_2 -5 V from the right CUD for line cards
The power dissipation is to be considered for equipping the shelf with plug-in units. Ap-
proximately 126 W power dissipation is drawn off by free convection. The maximum per-
missible over temperature is 20 °C. On condition of homogeneous distribution of the
heat in the shelf with full equipping, a power dissipation of 7 W per slot is permitted.
Be careful, that enough free spaces are below and above the shelf. Once a pre-defined
internal temperature is exceeded, the power dissipation is drawn off by forced ventila-
tion.
All boards allow hot board insertion without causing any disturbance to other boards in-
side the MXS19C. To ensure these feature three capacitors (100 nF/200 V) per slot can
be equipped on the backplane if necessary. The capacitor is switched between
MUKZU_11, MUKZU_12 or MUP and GND.
To supply the remote inventory EEPROM of MXS19C backplane the SUE-E supply volt-
age SUE-E_5V or CDU supply voltage VCC_1, VCC_2 will be used. Via decoupling di-
odes, the EEPROM can be fed from an external programming module over the
connector X354.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 101
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.12 Front Panels for Data Interfaces of the CPF2


For frontal access to the data interfaces of the line card CPF2, the main distribution
frames MDF 210 or MDF 180 with front panels S42023-A862-S12, -S13, -S14, -S15,
-S25 and -S26 can be used. A special connecting cable S42023-A799-S18 connects the
CPF2 in the MXS19C with the front panels.

ca. 1,3 m3) ca. 1,3 m3)


4) 4)

Parallel wire (gesw)


1);2) 1);2)

S-02YS(St)CY 8x2x0,4/0,8-120 S-02YS(St)CY 8x2x0,4/0,8-120


Port 3 (V42255-Z1001-A7) (V42255-Z1001-A7) Port 1
Parallel wire

or or
1ws 1ws S-02YS(St)CH 8x2x0,4/0,8-120
S-02YS(St)CH 8x2x0,4/0,8-120 1bl 1bl
(gesw)

1 (V42255-Z1004-A8) (V42255-Z1004-A8) 1
1bl 1tk 1tk 1bl
1vi 1ws 1vi 1vi 1ws
1vi 1tk
2or 1tk 4ws 4ws c a 4ws 4ws 2or
2ws 2ws
2vi 2 2vi 2tk
3gn 2tk 2tk 2ws 3gn
3ws 2vi 4 2or 3ws
3vi 3tk 2ws 3vi 3tk
6
4ws 2or 4ws
8 3tk
10 3vi
3tk 2tk
3vi 12 2vi
3ws 14 2tk
3gn 16
2vi
Port 4 2tk 3ws Port 2
2vi 18 3gn
3ws 20 3ws
3gn 3gn
1 22 1
1bl 1bl
1vi 1ws 24
1vi 1ws
1tk 2ws 2ws 1tk
2or 2or 26 2or 2or
2ws 2ws
2vi 2tk 1ws 28 1ws 2vi 2tk
3gn 3ws 1bl 30
1bl 3gn 3ws
Parallel wire

3vi 3tk 3vi 3tk


32
4ws 1tk 1tk 4ws
(gesw)

S-02YS(St)CY 8x2x0,4/0,8-120 1vi


3tk
1vi
3tk
S-02YS(St)CY 8x2x0,4/0,8-120
(V42255-Z1001-A7) (V42255-Z1001-A7)
3vi 3vi
or or
S-02YS(St)CH 8x2x0,4/0,8-120 S-02YS(St)CH 8x2x0,4/0,8-120
(V42255-Z1004-A8) (V42255-Z1004-A8)
1);2) 4) 4) 1);2)
Parallel wire (gesw)

3) 3)
ca. 1,3 m ca. 1,3m

1) Shielding braid: use installation instruction S42012-A124-Z25-*-31 Wire color code:


2) Parallel wire to pin 1 (bei Schlussgefahr isolieren) per IEC
3) If necessary, the lenghts will be adapted by the manufacturer ws white WH
corresponding to the project or orange OG
bl blue BU
4) Shielding braid and parallel wire: gn green GN
use installation instruction C42165-Z25-C84-*-7431 vi violet VT
tk turquoise TQ
br brown BN
ge yellow YE
sw black BK

Fig. 3.30 Connecting Cable S42023-A799-S18

102 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.13 Controls
In the following Figure, the switches on the backplane of the MXS19C are shown:

S2 S3 S104 S105 S106 S115 S116 S117

S4
S101

Fig. 3.31 MXS19C Backplane, Shelf from Inside

Switch Settings
Address switch S101 for SUE-E, addressing in MXS19C see Section 3.3.9.
5 24
4 23
3 22
2 21
1 20
ON (0) OFF (1)
Switch S2 and S3 for QD2 bus switch-over
ON ON Delivery state:
All slides at S2 are switched to “OFF” and at S3 all slides are
S2 S3 switched to “ON”, it means supervision of the MXS19C by SUE-E
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
(stand alone, without OSU), see 3.3.8 and Fig. 3.29.
Switch S104, S105, S106 and S115, S116, S117 for LC/LTx switch-over
5 4 3 2 1 Slot assignment
S104 slot 204 If LCs are used, switches S104, S105, S106 and S115,
S105 slot 205 S116, S117 have to be open (OFF) (Delivery state).
S106 slot 206
ON S115 slot 214 If LTx are plugged-in, the switches have to be closed (ON).
S116 slot 215
S117 slot 216
Switch S4 for clock T3
ON
1 S4 “ON”: Termination resistor connected
2

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 103
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.14 Connector Assignment

Connec- Plug-in Remark


tor place

X101 201 SUE-E

X103 202 and 203 Common connector for LTx#1 and LTx#2

X104 204 LC#1 or LTx#3

X105 205 LC#2 or LTx#4

X106 206 LC#3 or LTx#5

X107 207 LC#4

X108 208 LC#5


X109 209 LC#6

X110 210 CUD#1

X111 211 CUD#2 or BEC

X112 212 LC#7

X113 213 LC#8

X114 214 LC#9


X115 215 LC#10 or LTx#6

X116 216 LC#11 or LTx#7

X117 217 LC#12 or LTx#8

X118 218 SISAK


X120 Power supply M48V and P48V

Tab. 3.32 MXS19C Connector Overview

SUE-E Plug-in place 201

A B C

2 QD2Sin_b1 QD2Sin_a1 QD2Tin_a1

3 ZAA_210 ZAB_210

4 QD2Sout_b1 QD2Sout_a1 QD2Tin_b1

5 ZAA_211 ZAB_211

6 QD2Sin_b2 QD2Sin_a2 QD2Tout_a1

7 ZAB_201

8 QD2Sout_b2 QD2Sout_a2 QD2Tout_b1


9 RA_211(ECC) RB_211(ECC)

10 O64out_a_202 O64in_a_202 QD2Tin_a2

11 O64out_b_203 O64in_b_203

12 Qin_b Qin_a QD2Tin_b2

13 QD2_MCLK_a QD2_MCLK_b

Tab. 3.33 MXS19C Connector X101

104 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

A B C

14 Qout_b Qout_a QD2Tout_a2

15 O64out_b_202 O64in_b_202

16 PB0 PB1 QD2Tout_b2

17

18 PB2 PB3 A1P

19

20 RA_210(ECC) RB_210(ECC) A2P

21

22 TA_210(ECC) TB_210(ECC) A3P

23

24 TA_211(ECC) TB_211(ECC) A4P

25 T4out_a_211 O64out_a_203

26 A5P

27 T4out_b_211 O64in_a_203
28 A6P

29 T4out_a_210 T3in_a

30 A7P
31 T4out_b_210 T3in_b AM

32 GND A8P

Tab. 3.33 MXS19C Connector X101 (Cont.)

Signal Abbreviations

GND Operating ground


GND-S Shielded ground
QD2Sin_a1, b1 Slave 1 of the SUE-E
QD2Sout_a1, b1
QD2Sin_a2, b2 Slave 2 of the SUE-E
QD2Sout_a2, b2
QD2Min_a, b Master of the SUE-E
QD2Mout_a, b
QD2Tin_a, b T connections of slave1 from the SUE-E
QD2Tout_a, b
A1P to A8P Alarm inputs of the SUE-E
AM Negative operating voltage for alarm contacts
T4out_a, b_210/211 T4 output from the CUD plug-in places 210 and 211
T3in_a,b (input) T3in1 input to the CUDs and LTx
ZAA_210/211 Central alarming, urgent of CUD plug-in places 210 and 211
ZAB_210/211 Central alarming, non-urgent of CUD plug-in places 210 and 211
ZAB_201 Central alarming, non-urgent of SUE-E plug-in place 201
O64in_a,b_202/203 Overhead LTx plug-in places 202/203
O64out_a,b_202/203
RA, RB_210/211 ECC input of CUD, plug-in places 210 and 211
TA, TB_210/211 ECC output of CUD, plug-in places 210 and 211

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 105
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LTx plug-in places 202 and 203 (LTx#1 and LTx#2)

Pin A B C Module Module Module Module Ethernet


G.703 Uk2 SDSL T41) module2)

1 F1in_a2 F1in_a1 F1in_a1 SHDSL_a1 T4out_a Rx_a_1

2 QD2Sout_a QD2Sout_b F1in_b1 F1in_b1 SHDSL_b1 T4out_b Rx_b_1

3 F1in_b2 F1out_a1 F1out_a1 SHDSL_c11) Tx_a_1

4 QD2Sin_a QD2Sin_b F1out_b1 F1out_b1 SHDSL_d11) Tx_b_1

5 F1in_a2_202 F1out_a2 F1in_a2 F1in_a2 SHDSL_a2 T4out_a Rx_a_2

6 F1in_b2 F1in_b2 SHDSL_b2 T4out_b Rx_b_2

7 F1in_b2_202 F1out_b2 F1out_a2 F1out_a2 SHDSL_c21) Tx_a_2

8 O16out_a O16in_a F1out_b2 F1out_b2 SHDSL_d21) Tx_b_2

9 F1in_a1_202 F1out_a2_202 1) only with SDSL4op

10 O16out_b F1out_a1_202 O16in_b 2) only plug-in place 202

11 F1in_b1_202 F1out_b2_202

12 O64out_a_203 F1out_b1_202 O64in_a_203

13 E1out2_a_202

14 O64out_b_203 O64in_b_203

15 E1out2_b_202
16 F1in_a1 RP1_b

17 E1out1_a_202

18 F1in_b1 E1in2_a_202 RP1_a

19 E1out1_b_202
20 F1out_a1 RP2_b

21 E1in2_b_202

22 F1out_b1 RP2_a
23

24 E1in2_a E1out2_a

25
26 E1in2_b E1out2_b

27

28 E1out1_a E1out1_b

29

30 E1in1_a E1in1_a_202 T3in_a

31

32 E1in1_b E1in1_b_202 T3in_b

Tab. 3.34 MXS19C Connector X103

106 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

GND-S Shielded ground


F1in_a1, b1 1. interface of the LT2ME1, 1.wire pair (with 4-w. incoming)
F1out_a1, b1 1. interface of the LT2ME1, 2.wire pair (with 4-w. outgoing)
F1in_a2, b2 2. interface of the LT2ME1, 1.wire pair (with 4-w. incoming)
F1out_a2, b2 2. interface of the LT2ME1, 2.wire pair (with 4-w. outgoing)
E1in_a1, b1 G.703 interface 1 of the LTx (incoming)
E1out_a1, b1 G.703 interface 1 of the LTx (outgoing)
E1in_a2, b2 G.703 interface 2 of the LTx (incoming)
E1out_a2, b2 G.703 interface 2 of the LTx (outgoing)
T4out_a, b Clock output from the T4 module
Rx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data receive direction, 1. or 2. interface
Tx_a_1/2, b_1/2 Ethernet data transmit direction, 1. or 2. interface
QD2Sin_a, b, Slave of the LTx
QD2Sout_a, b
O64out_a, O64in_b_203 Overhead of the LTx plug-in place 203

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 107
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LC plug-in places #n (1 -12) and LTx plug-in places #n (3 - 8)

Connec- LC LTx Pin Row


tor n n
A B C

X104 1 3 1 xB_a1_n xB_a33_n xB_a9_n

X105 2 4 2 xB_b1_n xB_b33_n xB_b9_n

X106 3 5 3 xB_a2_n xB_a34_n xB_a10_n

X107 4 - 4 xB_b2_n xB_b34_n xB_b10_n

X108 5 - 5 xB_a17_n xB_a35_n xB_a25_n

X109 6 - 6 xB_b17_n xB_b35_n xB_b25_n

X112 7 - 7 xB_a3_n xB_a36_n xB_a26_n

X113 8 - 8 xB_b3_n xB_b36_n xB_b26_n

X114 9 - 9 xB_a18_n xB_a37_n xB_a11_n

X115 10 6 10 xB_b18_n xB_b37_n xB_b11_n

X116 11 7 11 xB_a4_n xB_a38_n xB_a27_n

X117 12 8 12 xB_b4_n xB_b38_n xB_b27_n

13 xB_a5_n xB_a39_n xB_a12_n


14 xB_b5_n xB_b39_n xB_b12_n

15 xB_a19_n xB_a40_n xB_a28_n

16 xB_b19_n xB_b40_n xB_b28_n

17 xB_a20_n xB_a41_n xB_a13_n

18 xB_b20_n xB_b41_n xB_b13_n

19 xB_a6_n xB_a42_n xB_a14_n

20 xB_b6_n xB_b42_n xB_b14_n

21 xB_a21_n xB_a43_n xB_a29_n

22 xB_b21_n xB_b43_n xB_b29_n

23 xB_a7_n xB_a44_n xB_a15_n

24 xB_b7_n xB_b44_n xB_b15_n

25 xB_a8_n xB_a45_n xB_a16_n

26 xB_b8_n xB_b45_n xB_b16_n

27 xB_a22_n xB_a46_n xB_a30_n

28 xB_b22_n xB_b46_n xB_b30_n

29 xB_a23_n xB_a47_n xB_a31_n

30 xB_b23_n xB_b47_n xB_b31_n

31 xB_a24_n xB_a48_n xB_a32_n

32 xB_b24_n xB_b48_n xB_b32_n

Tab. 3.35 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117 (General)

108 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pin SUB102 SLX102/E UAC68 SLB62 LLA102/104C SEM106C

A A A C A A C A B C

1 F2_a1 SB_a1 F2in_a1 F2in_a4 a1 F2out_a1 F2in_a1 F2out_a1 S21out_1

2 F2_b1 SB_b1 F2in_b1 F2in_b4 b1 F2out_b1 F2in_b1 F2out_b1 S22out_1

3 F2_a2 SB_a2 F2out_a1 F2out_a4 F2out_a2 F2in_a2 F2out_a2

4 F2_b2 SB_b2 F2out_b1 F2out_b4 F2out_b2 F2in_b2 F2out_b2

5 S21in_1 S21out_2 S21in_2

6 S22in_1 S22out_2 S22in_2

7 F2_a3 SB_a3 F2in_a2 a2 F2out_a3 F2out_a3 S21out_3

8 F2_b3 SB_b3 F2in_b2 b2 F2out_b3 F2out_b3 S22out_3


9 F2in_a5 F2in_a3 S21out_4

10 F2in_b5 F2in_b3 S22out_4

11 F2_a4 SB_a4 F2out_a2 a3 F2out_a4 F2out_a4 S21out_5 S21in_4

12 F2_b4 SB_b4 F2out_b2 b3 F2out_b4 F2out_b4 S22out_5 S22in_4

13 F2_a5 SB_a5 F2in_a3 F2out_a5 F2out_a5 F2in_a4 F2out_a5 S21out_6

14 F2_b5 SB_b5 F2in_b3 F2out_b5 F2out_b5 F2in_b4 F2out_b5 S22out_6


15 S21in_3 S21in_6

16 S22in_3 S22in_6

17 F2in_a6 F2in_a5 S21in_5 S21out_7

18 F2in_b6 F2in_b5 S22in_5 S22out_7


19 F2_a6 SB_a6 F2out_a3 F2out_a6 a4 F2out_a6 F2in_a6 F2out_a6

20 F2_b6 SB_b6 F2out_b3 F2out_b6 b4 F2out_b6 F2in_b6 F2out_b6

21 S21in_7 S21out_8 S21in_8

22 S22in_7 S22out_8 S22in_8

23 F2_a7 SB_a7 F2out_a7 F2in_a7 F2out_a7

24 F2_b7 SB_b7 F2out_b7 F2in_b7 F2out_b7

25 F2_a8 SB_a8 a5 F2out_a8 F2in_a8 F2out_a8

26 F2_b8 SB_b8 b5 F2out_b8 F2in_b8 F2out_b8

27 S21in_9 S21out_9 S21in_10


28 S22in_9 S22out_9 S22in_10

29 F2_a9 SB_a9 F2out_a9 F2in_a9 F2out_a9

30 F2_b9 SB_b9 F2out_b9 F2in_b9 F2out_b9

31 F2_a10 SB_a10 a6 F2out_a10 F2in_a10 F2out_a10 S21out_10

32 F2_b10 SB_b10 b6 F2out_b10 F2in_b10 F2out_b10 S22out_10

Tab. 3.36 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 1

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 109
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pin SEM108HC IUL82C, I4Uk2NTP I8S0P DSC104C


IUL84C I4Uk4NTP

A B C A A A C A C

1 F2out_a1 S21out_1 F2in_a1 D2a1 Uk0a1 S0a1/c1 S0a5/c5 D2outa1 D2ina1

2 F2out_b1 S22out_1 F2in_b1 D2b1 Uk0b1 S0b1/d1 S0b5/d5 D2outb1 D2inb1

3 F2out_a2 F2in_a2 D2a2 S0c1/f1 S0c5/f5 D2outa2 D2ina2

4 F2out_b2 F2in_b2 D2b2 S0d1/e1 S0d5/e5 D2outb2 D2inb2

5 S21in_1 S21out_2 S21in_2


6 S22in_1 S22out_2 S22in_2

7 F2out_a3 S21out_3 D2a3 Uk0a2 S0a2/c2 D2outa3

8 F2out_b3 S22out_3 D2b3 Uk0b2 S0b2/d2 D2outb3

9 S21out_4 F2in_a3 S0a6/c6 D2ina3

10 S22out_4 F2in_b3 S0b6/d6 D2inb3

11 F2out_a4 S21out_5 S21in_4 D2a4 S0c2/f2 D2outa4


12 F2out_b4 S22out_5 S22in_4 D2b4 S0d2/e2 D2outb4

13 F2out_a5 S21out_6 F2in_a4 D2a5 S0a3/c3 S0c6/f6 D2outa5 D2ina4

14 F2out_b5 S22out_6 F2in_b4 D2b5 S0b3/d3 S0d6/e6 D2outb5 D2inb4


15 S21in_3 S21in_6

16 S22in_3 S22in_6

17 S21in_5 S21out_7 F2in_a5 S0a7/c7 D2ina5

18 S22in_5 S22out_7 F2in_b5 S0b7/d7 D2inb5


19 F2out_a6 F2in_a6 D2a6 Uk0a3 S0c3/f3 S0c7/f7 D2outa6 D2ina6

20 F2out_b6 F2in_b6 D2b6 Uk0b3 S0d3/e3 S0d7/e7 D2outb6 D2inb6

21 S21in_7 S21out_8 S21in_8


22 S22in_7 S22out_8 S22in_8

23 F2out_a7 F2in_a7 D2a7 S0a4/c4 S0a8/c8 D2outa7 D2ina7

24 F2out_b7 F2in_b7 D2b7 S0b4/d4 S0b8/d8 D2outb7 D2inb7

25 F2out_a8 F2in_a8 D2a8 S0c4/f4 S0c8/f8 D2outa8 D2ina8

26 F2out_b8 F2in_b8 D2b8 S0d4/e4 S0d8/e8 D2outb8 D2inb8

27 S21in_9 S21out_9 S21in_10

28 S22in_9 S22out_9 S22in_10

29 F2out_a9 F2in_a9 D2outa9 D2ina9

30 F2out_b9 F2in_b9 D2outb9 D2inb9

31 F2out_a10 S21out_10 F2in_a10 Uk0a4 D2outa10 D2ina10

32 F2out_b10 S22out_10 F2in_b10 Uk0b4 D2outb10 D2inb10

Tab. 3.37 MXS19C Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 2

110 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pin DSC6-nx64C CPF2 LTO LT2ME1

A C A C A C A B C

1 D2out_a1 D2in_a1 SN0_in_a SN2_in_a F1in_a2

2 D2out_b1 D2in_b1 SN0_in_b SN2_in_b Qout_a Qout_b Qout_a Qout_b

3 D2out_a2 D2in_a2 SN0_CNTL_a SN2_CNTL_a F1in_b2

4 D2out_b2 D2in_b2 SN0_CNTL_b SN2_CNTL_b Qin_a Qin_b Qin_a ZAB Qin_b

5 GND GND F1out_a2

6 ZAB ZAA ZAB ZAA

7 D2out_a3 SN0_out_a SN3_inD_a F1out_b2

8 D2out_b3 SN0_out_b SN3_inD_b O16out_a O16in_a


9 D2in_a3 SN2_out_a

10 D2in_b3 SN2_out_b O16out_b O16in_b

11 D2out_a4 SN0_XCLK_a

12 D2out_b4 SN0_XCLK_b O64out_a O64in_a O64out_a O64in_a

13 D2out_a5 D2in_a4 SN0_inD_a SN2_XCLK_a

14 D2out_b5 D2in_b4 SN0_inD_b SN2_XCLK_b O64out_b O64in_b O64out_b O64in_b


15 SN1_inD_a SN3_SCLK_a

16 SN1_inD_b SN3_SCLK_b F1in_a1 F1in_a1 RP1_b

17 D2in_a5 SN1_SCLK_a SN2_inD_a

18 D2in_b5 SN1_SCLK_b SN2_inD_b F1in_b1 RP1_a


19 D2out_a6 D2in_a6 SN0_SCLK_a SN2_SCLK_a

20 D2out_b6 D2in_b6 SN0_SCLK_b SN2_SCLK_b F1out_a1 F1in_b1 RP2_b

21
22 F1out_b1 RP2_a

23 T21_a1 Tin_a SN1_out_a SN3_out_a

24 T21_b1 Tin_b SN1_out_b SN3_out_b E1in2_a E1out2_a E1in_a2 F1out_a1 E1out_a2


25 T22_a1 SN1_in_a SN3_in_a

26 T22_b1 SN1_in_b SN3_in_b E1in2_b E1out2_b E1in_b2 F1out_b1 E1out_b2

27

28 E1out1_a E1out1_b E1out_a1 E1out_b1 E1out_b1

29 T21_a2 SN1_CNTL_a SN3_CNTL_a E1out_a1

30 T21_b2 SN1_CNTL_b SN3_CNTL_b E1in1_a Z_TXD E1in_a1 T3in_a


31 T22_a2 SN1_XCLK_a SN3_XCLK_a E1out_b1

32 T22_b2 SN1_XCLK_b SN3_XCLK_b E1in1_b Z_RXD E1in_b1

Tab. 3.38 MXS19C, Connectors X104 to X109, X112 to X117, Part 3

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 111
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Module Module Module Module Ethernet


G.703 Uk2 SDSL T41) module

F1in_a1 F1in_a1 SHDSL_a1 T4out_a Rx_a_1


F1in_b1 F1in_b1 SHDSL_b1 T4out_b Rx_b_1
1)
F1out_a1 F1out_a1 SHDSL_c1 Tx_a_1
1)
F1out_b1 F1out_b1 SHDSL_d1 Tx_b_1

F1in_a2 F1in_a2 SHDSL_a2 T4out_a

F1in_b2 F1in_b2 SHDSL_b2 T4out_b


1)
F1out_a2 F1out_a2 SHDSL_c2
F1out_b2 F1out_b2 SHDSL_d21)

1) only with SDSL4op

Tab. 3.39 MXS19C Signal Assignment of LT2ME1 Modules

CUD plug-in places 210 and 211

A B C

2 RA (ECC) E1inA_b E1inA_a

3
4 RB (ECC) E1outA_b E1outA_a

6 SA6out_a T4out_b T4out_a


7

8 SA6out_b E1inB_b E1inB_a

10 Plug_210/Plug_211 SA5out_b SA5out_a

11

12 SA7out_b SA7out_a

13

14 QD2Sout_b QD2Sout_a

15

16 SA8out_b SA8out_a

17

18 E1outB_b E1outB_a

19

20 TA (ECC) SA5in_b SA5in_a

21
22 TB (ECC) SA7in_b SA7in_a

Tab. 3.40 MXS19C Connectors X110 and X111

112 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

A B C

23

24 SA8in_a QD2Sin_b QD2Sin_a

25

26 SA8in_b SA6in_b SA6in_a

27

28 T3in_b T3in_a

29

30

31

32

Tab. 3.40 MXS19C Connectors X110 and X111 (Cont.)

Signal Abbreviations

E1outA/B_a/b 2-Mbit/s transmit signal port A/B, a- and b wire


E1inA/B_a/b 2-Mbit/s receive signal port A/B, a- and b wire
GND Internal ground
QD2Sout_a/b Transmit signal, slave port, a- and b wire
QD2Sin_a/b Receive signal, slave port, a- and b wire
RA/RB ECC interface, transmit signal, a- and b wire
SAxout/in_a/b Transmit signal/receive signal SAx, a- and b wire
TA ECC interface, receive signal, a wire
TB ECC interface, receive signal, b wire
T4out_a/b Outgoing 2048-kHz clock, a- and b wire
T3in_a/b Incoming 2048-kHz clock, a- and b wire

SISAK plug-in place 218

A B C

2 UP GND2 S1D1outV

3
4 S1D1inV S1D1inb S1D1ina

6 GND1 S1D1outb S1D1outa

8 S1D2inV S1D2inb S1D2ina

10 S1D2outV S1D2outb S1D2outa

11

12 S2D1inV S2D1inb S2D1ina

Tab. 3.41 MXS19C Connector X118

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 113
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

A B C

13

14 S2D1outV S2D1outb S2D1outa

15

16 S2D2inV S2D2inb S2D2ina

17

18 S2D2outV S2D2outb S2D2outa

19

20 MD1inV MD1inRb MD1inRa

21

22 MD1outV MD1outRb MD1outRa

23

24 MD2inV MD2inRb MD2inRa

25

26 MD2outV MD2outRb MD2outRa


27

28 S1TV S1TRb S1TRa

29
30 S2TV S2TRb S2TRa

31

32 MTV MTRb MTRa

Tab. 3.41 MXS19C Connector X118 (Cont.)

Signal Abbreviations

GND Ground
GND1 Signal ground
GND2 Ground (-60 V)
MDyoutRa Master data y (port) out RS485 wire a
MDyoutRb Master data y (port) out RS485 wire b
MDyinRa Master data y (port) in RS485 wire a
MDyinRb Master data y (port) in RS485 wire b
MDyoutV Master data y (port) out V.28
MDyinV Master data y (port) in V.28
MT Master clock
MTRa Master clock in RS485 wire a
MTRb Master clock in RS485 wire b
MTV Master clock in V.28
RXD Unsymmetrical receive (data)
S1T Slave clock 1
S2T Slave clock 2

114 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

SxDyina Slave x data y (port) in RS485/G.703 wire a


SxDyinb Slave x data y (port) in RS485/G.703 wire b
SxDyouta Slave x data y (port) out RS485/G.703 wire a
SxDyoutb Slave x data y (port) out RS485/G.703 wire b
SxDyinV Slave x data y (port) in V.28
SxDyoutV Slave x data y (port) out V.28
SxTra Slave x data in RS485/G.703 wire a
SxTrb Slave x data in RS485/G.703 wire b
SxTV Slave x data in V.28
TXD Unsymmetrical transmit (data)
UP Primary voltage

Power supply

Pin Signal

1 M48V

2 P48V

Tab. 3.42 MXS19C Connector X120

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 115
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.3.15 Technical Data

3.3.15.1 Environmental Conditions


Operation acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3 V2.1.2 (04/2003),
class 3.1 (+5 °C to +40 °C)
Transport acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 2.3 (−40 °C to +70 °C)
Storage acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
class 1.3E (−45 °C to +45 °C)
Product safety acc. to EN 60950-1:2001 (1st edition)

3.3.15.2 Foreign Voltage Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor subscriber lines (OTC applications)
is implemented in 2 stages within the entire system. For further information see Section
1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.

Classification for external voltage protection acc. to EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
ITC applications according ITU-T K.20 (07/2003), basic1) level
OTC applications according ITU-T K.45 (07/2003), basic1) level

Compliance with the earth conditions according ITU-T


Indoor applications (inside subscriber building) K.31 (03/1993)
ITC applications (inside telecommunication building) K.27 (05/1996)
Outdoor applications (remote electronic sites) K.35 (05/1996)

Units, which are not meet the requirements above, contain specific information about
the foreign power protection, see technical data of the line cards.

3.3.15.3 Power Supply


Rated input voltage −48 V /−60 V
Permissible voltage range −36 V to −72 V

1) On enquiry, some line cards can also be used according enhanced level.

116 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4 ONU 30 FTTB

3.4.1 Design
The optical network unit ONU 30 FTTB is accommodated in a wall housing for indoor
working. Fig. 3.32 shows the structure of ONU 30 FTTB.

2 × 2 Mbit/s (G.703)1)
POTS 1
ISDN Uk0, S0 1×2 Mbit/s
LL analog FMX2R3.2 2×2 Mbit/s
MDF
LL n×64 kbit/s LTx1) copper/FO
X.21 2x
V.24, RS530 30 2 Mbit/s
MSUE
V.35, V.36, Eth G. 703

−48 V Alarms

FAM

Bat. PS OVP
ONU 30 FTTB

1) The interfaces can only be used externally,


if no line terminating unit is equipped 115/230 V AC

Fig. 3.32 Structure of ONU 30 FTTB

Power supply Tray for spare


FO cable
Mains
fuses
AMXMS

Battery unit Splice cassette

MDF

Fan
AC connection
terminals

Fig. 3.33 Front View of ONU 30 FTTB

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 117
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The ONU 30 FTTB contains the following modules, see Fig. 3.33:
• AMX mini shelf (AMXMS) equipped with:
– a multiplexer FMX2R3.2 (1 × CUD and a maximum of 3 line cards)
– a line terminating unit LTO or LT2ME1
– a fan and alarm module FAM
• Main distribution frame with 7 LSA-Plus terminal strips
• Front panel connectors for CPF2 (V.24, V.35, RS530, V.36, X.21, Ethernet)
• Power supply (SV 48 V/65 W)
• Battery SBS15
• Splice cassette (only for optical line terminating units)
• Fan (FAM).

Power supply Pocket for optical fiber (OF)

Mains fuses
Temperature OF
sensor
battery
Battery cable
SBS15 Splicing cassette for LWL
AMXMS
Battery inclusive
exhausting FAM

OVP
for mains

LSA+ strips
for LCs and LTx
Front panel
connectors for CPF2 Pigtail
AC terminal
clamp

OVP for
subscriber lines

Mains feeding Cable feeding Door contact ESD jack OF feeding

Fig. 3.34 ONU 30 FTTB Front View

The power is supplied via the local mains. The power line (110/230 V AC) is connected
with the AC terminal clamps in a wall case and is protected by a 10 A mains fuse.
In the case of mains failure, the battery unit SBS 15 (12 V/14 Ah) takes over the power
supply and makes possible further operation of the ONU for at least 4 h (with 0.5 Erl).
For supervision functions, the following static alarms have been established:
• Door contact
• Mains failure
• Failure of power supply
• Battery failure
• Fan failure.

118 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The MDF of the ONU 30 FTTB has the following connection possibilities:
• 3 × LSA-plus connection strips for 2-wire/4-wire subscriber connections
with E&M signaling, or
2 × LSA-plus connection strips for 4-wire subscriber connections and
2 × LSA-plus connection strips for 2-wire subscriber connections
• 1 × LSA-plus connection strip for 1 or 2 line interfaces
• 2 × LSA-plus connection strips free (up to now for 5-pin foreign voltage protection).

3.4.2 Shelf AMXMS

3.4.2.1 Equipping
The AMXMS accommodates the following double Eurocard units without front panel:
• One central unit CUD
• One measurement and supervision unit MSUE
• Up to 3 line cards LC
• One line terminating unit LTx (LT2ME1or LTO)
Detailed Information concerning the line terminating units is contained in the user
manual UMN:LE2.
• Fan and alarm module FAM.
A backplane interconnects the units via external and internal interfaces. Fig. 3.35
shows the equipping of the AMXMS.

1 2 3 4 5 6
MSUE

CUD

LC LC LC LTx

FAM
Rear view

Fig. 3.35 Equipping of the AMXMS

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 119
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The shelf AMXMS can be equipped as follows:

Plug-in unit Slot in the AMXMS

1 2 3 4 5 6

MSUE ×
CUD ×
LLA102/104C (2Dr) × × ×
SUB102 × × ×
SLX102/E × × ×
SLB62 × × ×
I4UK2NTP × × ×
I4UK4NTP × × ×
IUL82C × × ×
IUL84C × × ×
UAC68 ×
LLA102/104C (4Dr) ×
CM64/2 ×
I8S0P ×
CPF21) ×
2)
LT2ME1 ×
LTO/NT, LTO/LT ×
1) CPF2 with up to 4 modules: CIM V.24, CIM X.21, CIM V.35, CIM V.36, CIM-nx64E
2 LT2ME1 with up to 2 modules: Uk2mp, G703sh, SDSLmp, SDSLop, SDSL4op

Tab. 3.43 AMXMS Equipping

For the data interfaces of the CPF2 instead of LSA-plus strips terminal modules are
i used containing Sub-D connectors.
Another Sub-D connector makes the internal 2-Mbit/s interfaces (G.703) and the QD2
bus accessible from outside.

3.4.2.2 Switch Settings


SISA Addresses
The SISA address is set via the DIL switch on the AMXMS. The DIL switch is located on
the backplane behind the FAM module:

AMXMS

FAM

Connector of the FAM Address switches for SISA address


module setting of the ONU 30 FTTB

120 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Pull out the FAM and set the SISA address. Slide number 1 (right slide) has the value 20.
The ON position means “logic 0” and the OFF position means “logic 1”.
SISA_4 SISA_0
Example address setting:
5 4 3 2 1
slide 1 to OFF is 20 = 1
slide 2 to OFF is 21 = 2
ON (0) it follows address 3 for the ONU

Value 24 Value 20

Put the FAM back into the AMXMS after setting SISA address.

3.4.3 Supervision Unit MSUE

3.4.3.1 Overview
The measurement and supervision unit MSUE provides functions for controlling and su-
pervising the FMX2R3.2 and functions for measuring and testing the line cards and the
subscriber lines.
The MSUE provides a SISA-V which has the network element MEU present constantly
in its polling list. Other network elements are served via the MSUE according to the con-
figuration of the QD2 master interface.
During the initialization phase the operating system of the MSUE performs self-tests on
the unit components and interfaces. In the event of a fault, the MSUE produces fault sig-
nals. In addition, backplane and address recognitions are performed via the static in-
puts.

Internal interfaces External interfaces

Address MSUE F
recognition
ECC
Backplane
coding QD2 master

PCM highway
QD2 slave

QD2 master −48 V/−60 V


Supervision

Measure-
ment bus MTA

Mb0 to Mb3
Measurement unit MEU

The functions of the MSUE are:


• Control and supervision
– Realization of a virtual concentrator (SISA-V)
– Conversion of the QD2 slave interface of the MSUE to the QD2 master interface
of the MSUE
– Operator control of the local F interface

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 121
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

– Conducting self-tests
– Visual indication of certain conditions via LEDs
– Provision of the transparent transmission channel between the internal PCM
highway and ECC interface
• Measuring and testing the line cards and subscriber lines
– Central control of the multiplexers when channels are connected to the measure-
ment bus
– Testing the subscriber lines with resistance, capacitance and voltage measure-
ments
– Verifying functions and parameters of the line cards
– Time-programmable automatic test cycles.
The MSUE has the following interfaces:
• F interfaces
• QD2 master interface
• QD2 slave interface
• MTA interface
• Measurement bus
• Power supply
• ECC interface
• PCM highway.

3.4.3.2 Measurement Unit MEU


The measurement unit determines
• Line parameters of a subscriber line,
• Certain parameters of a subscriber terminal equipment and
• Functions of the subscriber interfaces.
The measurement unit is used to measure voltages, resistances or capacitances. Vari-
ous impedances can be selected to set and test defined loadings.
Measurements of the line parameters cover the line area from the interfaces of the line
cards through to and including the subscriber terminal equipment and NTBA or NTU.
To perform a measurement the MSUE is connected via the central measurement bus in
the shelf to the relevant item under test. The measurement unit is connected to the item
under test on a two-wire basis.
The MSUE incorporates an error sensor and a temperature sensor for remotely super-
vising the primary voltage and the temperature inside the case.
The measurement unit can be operated in the following modes:
• Measurement on demand and
• Automatic measuring.
Measuring on demand acts via the F or QD2 interface to set automatically
• the connection of the measurement bus to an LC
• the type of measurement
• the test parameters.
The results of these measurements are interrogated directly.
In the automatic measurement mode the test program preset via the relevant interfaces
is run at the preprogramming time. Measured values which are out of tolerance and non-
executable measurements are stored for subsequent retrieval.

122 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The following data are stored in the MSUE and can be overwritten or deleted for each
type of channel to be tested:
• Channel type
• Type of measurement
• Start times for the automatic measurement mode
• Measured value thresholds.

Measurements of Central Parameters


• Operating voltage
• Internal case temperature.

Measurements of Line Parameters


Measurements of the line parameters can be performed at all analog and ISDN line
cards. The only differences are in the test voltage required for determining resistance
and capacitance:
• Analog interfaces: ≤ 60 V
• ISDN interfaces: ≤ 10 V.

Measurements on Analog Line Cards


In order to measure the interface parameters of the line cards, switchable load imped-
ances on the measurement unit of the MSUE are used to set defined operation modes.
The following tests can be performed:
• Application of the ringing tone signal after a loop closure and
• Disconnection of ringing current after a loop closure in the ringing condition.

Measurements on ISDN Line Cards


In order to measure DC parameters of an ISDN channel on the line card, switchable load
impedances on the measurement unit of the MSUE are used to set defined operation
modes.

3.4.3.3 Supervision and Alarm Signaling


For local supervision the MSUE has a red and a green LED on the front panel and a
yellow LED recessed on the unit.

LED (green) LED (red) LED (yellow) Condition

off off off No operating voltage

on off off Undisturbed operation

on off on Undisturbed operation, connection made to next higher


hierarchy level in the OS

off on off MSUE in fault condition or self-testing

off on on Fault condition, connection retained

Tab. 3.44 Visual Signalizing of the MSUE

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 123
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.3.4 Control Elements

1
24
green
red 8 11
ON

13
yellow

12
10
10 Internal connector
11 External connector
12 Connectors for LCT
13 Test jack

Fig. 3.36 Control Elements of the MSUE


Settings with DIL Switch 24/1 to 4:

Switch Status Control Function

24/1 OFF High impedance1) Bus termination QD2-Sin


ON 120 Ω with 64 kbit/s or 9.6 kbit/s
1)
24/2 OFF High impedance Bus termination QD2-Sout
ON 120 Ω with 64 kbit/s or 9.6 kbit/s
1)
24/3 OFF High impedance Bus termination QD2-Sin
ON 120 Ω with 1.2 kbit/s
1)
24/4 OFF High impedance Bus termination QD2-Sout
ON 120 Ω with 1.2 kbit/s 1) As-delivered state

Settings with DIL Switch 24/5 and 24/6:

24/5 24/6 Control Function

OFF OFF ECC deactivated


OFF ON ECC selected in timeslot 15

ON OFF ECC selected in timeslot 21

ON ON Reserved (ECC deactivated)

The channel configured for the ECC must not be assigned from a subscriber port on the
! CUD. For him, a cross connection must be created to the ECC2.

Assignment at Connector 12 and Test Jack 13:

12 No. Assignment No. Assignment Pos. Assignment


6 1
1 – 6 – 1 Pb0

9 2 RXD 7 – 2 Pb1
5
3 TXD 8 – 3 Pb2
4 – 9 – 4 Pb3
5 GND

124 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.3.5 Connector Assignments

11 Connector 11 Connector 10
b a
1 Row Row
No. No.
5 b a b a

1 1
10 2 QD2Sin_a1 QD2Sin_b1 2 PUP GND

3 3
15
4 QD2Sout_a1 QD2Sout_b1 4 MUP_1

5 5
20
6 QD2Sin_a2 QD2Sin_b2 6 NZFAN GFAN

7 7
25
8 QD2Sout_a2 QD2Sout_b2 8 Pb0 Pb3

9 9
30
10 SESout_a SESout_b 10 Pb2 Pb1

11 11

12 QD2Min_a QD2Min_b 12

13 13
14 QD2Mout_a QD2Mout_b 14 TXDSVB RXDSVB

15 15 AD6 AD5

16 CTXD CRXD 16 RTSSVB CLKSVB


17 17 AD2 AD7

18 T2 T1 18 K2 K1

19 19 AD4 AD3
10
b a 20 L1 RESET 20 K3 K0
1
21 21 AD0 ALE_1
5 22 22 A2 A1
23 23 RD AD1
10 24 24

25 25 CS WR
15
26 L3 L2 26 A3

27 Ein_a Ein_b 27 SYN_E


20
28 Eout_a Eout_b 28 A0 A4

29 29 PCM_E CLK_4M
25
30 MTA1 MTA0 30 SK1

31 31 SYN_S PCM_S
30
32 MTA3 MTA2 32 GND

Fig. 3.37 MSUE Connector Assignment

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 125
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

A0 to A4 NE addresses 0 to 30
CLKSVB SVB clock
CRXD PC monitor interface receive direction
CTXD PC monitor interface transmit direction
GFAN Line for fan control
GND Internal ground
K0 to K3 back plane coding for differing plug-in units by the MSUE
L1 to L3 Internal signals, for test department only
MTA0 to MTA3 Metallic access lines 0 to 3
For external measuring equipment connection
MUP Neg. primary voltage -48 V/-60 V
NZFAN Error signal of the fan
PUP Pos. primary voltage +48 V/+60 V
QD2Mout_a/b Transmit signal master port, a and b wires
QD2Min_a/b Receive signal master port, a and b wires
QD2Sout_a/b Transmit signal slave port, a and b wires
QD2Sin_a/b Receive signal slave port, a and b wires
RESET External reset connection for controller
RTSSVB Request to send
RXDSVB SVB receive direction
SESout_a/b Send enable signal output, a and b wires
SK1 Control contact for battery allocation - preset
T1, T2 Internal signals, for test department only
TXDSVB SVB transmit direction

3.4.4 Fan and Alarm Module FAM

3.4.4.1 Overview
The fan and the alarm handler (AHA32) for the ONU 30 FTTB are located on the FAM
(FAN and Alarm Module).
The fans make sure that heat is distributed evenly within the ONU 30 FTTB. If the upper
temperature threshold is exceeded the fans are activated and if the temperature drops
below a lower threshold they are deactivated. The MSUE handles measurement of tem-
perature and activation of signal GFAN for the fans.
The power supply range for the fans is between −48 V and −59 V.
Both fans present on the module are monitored for faults and failure. If a fault occurs or
if a fan fails an alarm is sent to the management system.
The alarm handler collects alarm information and reports this to the management sys-
tem. Up to 5 alarms can be passed on by the alarm handler, one alarm for fan faults or
failure and also up to 4 external alarms (e.g. door contact, ac mains outage).

126 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

FAM
QD2-S FAM
GFAN Fan Fan

A01
A02 Type label data
A03 AHA32 −48 V/−60 V
A04
A05 +5 V (from CUD)

The FAM module has the following interfaces:


• QD2 slave interface,
• 5 external alarm interfaces,
• Interface to MSUE (GFAN),
• Interface to EEPROM for type label data,
• Power supply−36 V to −72 V, +5 V for alarm handler from the CUD.

3.4.4.2 QD2 Interface


The QD2 slave interface provides access to the alarm handler (AHA32) as well as being
used for passing on the alarms to the management system. The QD2 address of the
alarm handler is set to a default of 7.

3.4.4.3 Alarm Interfaces


The alarm interfaces A_1 to A_4 and A_6 of the FAM are connected to external connec-
tor X31 on the backplane of the ONU 30 FTTB. The alarm is activated for “Low” (GND).
When the input is open (“high” potential), no alarms will be signaled.
The fans are controlled by the MSUE by means of the GFAN signal, depending on the
temperature in the ONU 30 FTTB. The signal in question is a TTL signal in which “High”
means that the fans are switched on and “Low” means that the fans are switched off.
The “External Contact 08” alarm indicates that a fan has failed.
Simultaneously the alarms are evaluated by the CUD and sent to the ACI using the QD2
protocol.

Name within ACI Short name Cause Mode Alarm contact


on X1

External contact 01 Battery Battery deep discharging Single-pole A_3

External contact 02 Mains failure Single-pole A_1


External contact 03 Rectifier failure DC operating voltage failure Single-pole A_2

External contact 04 Over voltage Over voltage protection failure Single-pole A_6

External contact 05 Door alarm Door of the ONU 30 FTTB is open Single-pole A_4

External contact 08 FAN (1) Fan failure

Tab. 3.45 ONU 30 FTTB External Alarms

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 127
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.4.4 Connector Assignments

Pin A B C

1 A_1 A_2

2 M48V M48V

3 A_3 A_4

4 GFAN P5V
5 A_6

7 QD2Sin_a QD2Sin_b

8 PRE

9 QD2Sout_a QD2Sout_b

10 P48V P48V

Tab. 3.46 FAM Connector X1

Signal abbreviations

A0 to A6 Alarm inputs
M48V Negative primary voltage -48 V/-60 V
P48V Positive primary voltage
P5V +5 V for alarm handler
GFAN Fan control signal
QD2Sout_a/b Send signal slave port, a and b wire
QD2Sin_a/b Receive signal slave port, a and b wire

3.4.5 Power Supply


The ONU 30 FTTB is supplied with 115 V/230 V mains power. The heavy current lead
is connected to the terminals in the wall cabinet and is protected via a 10-A mains fuse.
For battery backup there is an SBS 15 (12 V/14 Ah) in the ONU 30 FTTB. The battery
ensures that the ONU will continue to operate for at least 4 hours (at 0.5 Erlang) in the
event of a mains power failure.

3.4.5.1 Warnings
The power supply unit SV 65 W 12 V/48 V is a built-in device. For installation, please
refer to the appropriate Din/VDE specifications and country-specific regulations.
When operating electrical devices, certain parts of these devices carry dangerous volt-
! ages. Activities on or in the vicinity of these devices should only be performed by ade-
quately qualified personnel.

The main switch must be deactivated and locked against reactivation before any instal-
! lation or maintenance work is started.

The terminal with the ground symbol must be connected to the protective earth lead.
! Otherwise, contact with live parts can cause serious injury or death.

128 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.5.2 Function
The 115-V or 230-V input voltage is used to generate an intermediate circuit voltage of
12 V (nominal value) that is electrically isolated from the input. The actual value of this
voltage corresponds to the charging end voltage of a 6-cell lead battery and is temper-
ature-controlled in the range 13 V to 14,5 V by the external temperature sensor PT1000.
When a 6-cell lead battery is connected, this output voltage is simultaneously used for
battery charging and trickle charging.
The 12-V intermediate circuit voltage is converted into an output voltage of 48 V (nomi-
nal value).
A circuit is also provided to protect the batteries from deep discharging. If the battery
voltage falls below 10 V, the battery is disconnected from the load terminal after 2 to 5
seconds. In this case, the green “Batt” LED goes out and the relay contact connects the
“Batt” and “Ms” terminals.
The battery is reconnected either when the mains power is restored or by pressing the
“Batt” test button.

3.4.5.3 Operating Elements

Button for forced battery


connection

Test jack for battery voltage

Port for temperature sensor

Signal inputs
(battery, mains, and PS supervision)

Output voltage

Battery port

Mains connection

Fig. 3.38 SV 65 W 12 V/48 V, Front View

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 129
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LED display
The following operating modes are indicated on the power supply unit:

Name (color) Meaning

BATT (green) Battery not deep discharged

MAinS (green) Power supplied

PSU (red) 48-V output voltage failure

Tab. 3.47 LED Displays on SV 65 W 12 V/48 V

Switching to 115-V Mains Input Voltage


The power supply unit is preset to 230 V by default. To use 115 V, proceed as follows:
1. Read carefully the Warnings in Section 3.4.5.1.
2. Deactivate the power supply and wait at least 30 seconds for the battery to deep dis-
charge.
3. Remove all feed lines to the power supply unit.
4. Loosen the attachment screws and remove the power supply unit from the
ONU 30 FTTB.
5. Loosen the screws on the front plate and remove it.
6. Remove the Faston connector from the “230 V” position and insert it in the “115 V”
position.
115 V 230 V

Fig. 3.39 Switching from 230 V to 115 V

130 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.6 Management Access


Internal PCM highway

QD2 bus MSUE


9.6 kbit/s or 64 kbit/s
QD2-M QD2-S OS

PCM
QD2-S QD2-S QD2-S
OH ECC F LCT

MTA External
CUD FAM LTx test equipment

LC LC
1 3

Measurement bus

Subscriber lines

Fig. 3.40 Management Access to the ONU 30 FTTB

Management access to the ONU 30 FTTB is via the ECC channel of the CUD. The PCM
highway with ECC connects the CUD to the MSUE, see Fig. 3.40. The MSUE is the
master of the QD2 bus. CUD, LT and FAM are the slaves. In addition the LTx units are
connected bidirectionally to the ECC of the MSUE via the overhead (OH).

3.4.7 Front Panel Connectors


For front access to the data interfaces of the line card CPF2, the front panel connectors
S42023-A862-S12, -S13, -S14, -S15, -S25, -S26 and -S16 can be used, see UMN:IMN.
The mounting plate with front panel connector is snapped in to bar of the MDF.
The cable S42022-A768-S24 connects the transfer connectors in the ONU 30 FTTB
with the front panel connectors.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 131
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.8 Technical Data

3.4.8.1 Environmental Conditions


Operation acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.1E V2.1.2 (04/2003)
Temperature range −5 °C to +45 °C
Transport acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-2.3 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
Storage acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-1.3E V2.1.4 (04/2003)
Product safety IEC 60950-1/EN 60950-1:2001 (1st edition)
Degree of protection IP 20 acc. to EN 60529
Compliance with CE and EMC re- acc. to ETS 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
quirements and DTAG 1TR9 (Ed. 09.2001 Rev. 06/2002)
Safety chemical/biological acc. to ETS 300 753, Tab. 1 (Ed. 1, 10/1997)
Mechanical stability acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.1E V2.1.2 (04/2003)

3.4.8.2 Foreign Voltage Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor subscriber lines (OTC applications)
is implemented in 2 stages within the entire system. For further information see Section
1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.

Classification for external voltage protection acc. to EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
ITC applications according ITU-T K.20 (07/2003), basic1) level
OTC applications according ITU-T K.45 (07/2003), basic1) level

Compliance with the earth conditions according ITU-T


Indoor applications (inside subscriber building) K.31 (03/1993)
ITC applications (inside telecommunication building) K.27 (05/1996)
Outdoor applications (remote electronic sites) K.35 (05/1996)

Units, which are not meet the requirements above, contain specific information about
the foreign power protection, see technical data of the line cards.

3.4.8.3 Power Supply and Power Consumption


Power supply/battery
Nominal voltage 115 VAC
Permissible operating voltage range 95 V to 132 VAC
or
Nominal voltage 230 VAC
Permissible operating voltage range 196 V to 254 VAC
Frequency of the input voltage 45 Hz to 68 Hz
Power consumption < 92 W

1) On enquiry, some line cards can also be used according enhanced level.

132 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.4.8.4 Supervision Unit MSUE


QD2 Slave Interface

Configuration
QD2 slave serial bus system in acc. with
EIA RS485
Bus users 1 Master and
up to 30 slaves
Transmission lines,
Send and receive lines separated Symmetrical, 4-wire
Bit rate, autodetect 9.6/64 kbit/s
Transmission mode Synchronous to receive data
Line code NRZI
Permitted length 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of data connection Primary
Addresses of secondaries, can be set using
backplane coding (6-bit) 1 to 30
TXD Idle state high resistance
RXD expected idle state Permanent flags
Termination, switchable 121 Ω

QD2 Master Interface

Configuration serial bus system in acc. with


EIA RS485
Bus users 1 master and
up to 30 slaves
Transmission lines,
Send and receive lines separated symmetrical, 4-wire
Bit rate, configurable 9.6/64 kbit/s
Transmission mode (with asynchronous operation) plesiochronous
Line code NRZI
Permitted length 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of the data connection Primary (COSU)
Addresses of the secondaries 1 to 30
TXD idle state Permanent flags
RXD expected idle state log. “1” (high-resistance)
Termination
TXD 121 Ω
RXD voltage divider 383 Ω-147 Ω-383 Ω

F Interface

Configuration Point-to-point acc. V.28


Transmission lines shielded, unsymmetrical
Bit rate, autodetect 9,6/19,2/38.4 kbit/s
Transmission mode asynchronous
Line code NRZ

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 133
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Permitted length 15 m
Protocol
Frame structure IEC TC57
Address and control byte HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of the data connection Primary (LCT)
Address of the secondary 1
Connectors acc. IEC 807-2 (TXD: Pin 3, RXD:Pin 2) 9-pin SUB-D connector

Power Supply

Input voltages −36 V to −72 V, +5 V


Power consumption at −60 V ≤ 50 mA
Power consumption at +5 V ≤ 500 mA

3.4.8.5 Fan and Alarm Module FAM


QD2 Slave Interface

Configuration QD2 slave serial bus system in acc. with


EIA RS485
Transmission lines,
Send and receive lines separated Symmetrical, 4-wire
Bit rate, autodetect 9.6/64 kbit/s
Transmission mode Synchronous to receive data
Line code NRZI
Permitted length 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of data connection Primary (MSUE)
Address of the FAM, is set via backpl.coding (6-bit) 7

Power Supply

Input voltages −36 V to −72 V, +5 V


Current consumption at −48 V
Fans in operation ≤ 60 mA
Fans off ≤ 13 mA
Current consumption at +5 V
Fans in operation ≤ 34 mA
Fans off ≤ 26 mA

134 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5 ONU 20 FTTO

3.5.1 Design
The ONU 20 FTTO (Fiber to the Office) is accommodated within a compact housing for
indoor operation. It can be used as either a desktop unit or it can be wall-mounted with
a wall bracket.
The full range of FMX2R3.2 are available for the ONU 20 FTTO as subscriber interfaces.
Because only two line card slots are available, the number of subscriber interfaces of
the ONU 20 FTTO is less than that of the FMX2R3.2 in e. g. SNUS/FMX2S. Mixed line
card equipping is possible.
Fig. 3.42 shows the installation of the ONU 20 FTTO.

POTS 2 Mbit/s
2Dr/4Dr LL ONU 20 FTTO G.703
ISDN (UK0/S0)
Data
(G.703/V.24/ 2 x 2 Mbit/s
V.35/V.36/ FMX2R3.2 LTx optical FMX2R3.2
RS530/X.21) SHDSL, UK2
2 Mbit/s
G.703/ I.431

Fig. 3.41 Use of FMX2R3.2 Multiplexer in an ONU 20 FTTO (Example)

In addition a leased line connection for 1 × 2 Mbit/s can be created with the
ONU 20 FTTO or a branch exchange (PMXA) can be connected if only one 2-Mbit/s in-
terface is used by the line terminating unit for the multiplexer.

LED LTx
LED COSU

LED CUD Case cover for the reset LTx CUD LC1 LC2 COSU
SISA address switch and
F interface

Fig. 3.42 Front View of the ONU 20 FTTO (with and without Front Plate)

It contains the following modules and plug-in units, see Fig. 3.43:
• Multiplexer FMX2R3.2 with
– 1 central unit CUD and
– 1 to 2 line cards (SLX102/E, SUB102, UAC68, SEM106C, SEM108HC, SLB62,
LLA102/104C, I8S0P, I4UK2NTP, IUL82C, IUL84C, I4UK4NTP, CM64/2,
CPF2, DSC104C, DSC6-n×64C)
• 1 line terminating unit LTx (LT2ME1, LTO/LT, LTO/NT)
• Supervision unit COSU
• Central terminal panel
• Terminal panels for the LCs.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 135
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Central terminal panel OF plug


LC terminal panel QD2-S QD2-M1 connector

1 ... n
T3out 2 Mbit/s
G.703
SHDSL
Uk2
OF

1
2 Port A Port A

LC CUD 1) LTx
Port B Port B2)
(CUD)
QD2-S ECC (CUD) QD2-S OH

S2 S1
S3 S4

QD2-M1 QD2-S QD2-M2 115/230


F IF PS VAC
Fan COSU
Batt.
optionally
48 V

1) Switch on the central terminal panel


2) Only available with plug-in units LTO, LT2ME1

Fig. 3.43 Structure of ONU 20 FTTO

An externally located power supply, product number V39113-Z5270-A610, with or with-


out backup battery provides the ONU 20 FTTO with the required operating voltage.
They are delivered with the device. If the AC supply fails, the backup battery backs up
the operating voltage to power the ONU 20 FTTO for about 4 hours. A direct −48 V
power supply can also be used.
The AC interface of the ONU 20 FTTO should be secured with an element to prevent
i over voltage (10 kV) that is tested according to IEC 61643-1 Class III. CE conformity is
only guaranteed with this over voltage protector.
The over voltage protector, product number V39118-Z6004-A62, is supplied along with
the power supply unit intended for the ONU 20 FTTO.

Batt.
48 V/5 Ah
Hole for
OF cable
Central terminal panel
Battery (+)
48 V (-) LC 2 terminal panel + −

LC 1 terminal panel Si M 6.3 A


(-) 54 V
(+) 1,6 A (Si4AT)

Mains power
supply
Ground clamp QD2-M1 QD2-S
(2 × Sub-D, 15-pin)

Fig. 3.44 ONU 20 FTTO with Power Supply and Backup Battery

136 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.2 Configuration and Equipping


Depending on the equipping and switch setting, the configurations as shown in
Fig. 3.45 are obtained.
2 Mbit/s, G.703 2 Mbit/s, G.703

Config. 1 Config. 4
LTO/ LTO/
CUD CUD LT2ME1
LT2ME1

Config. 2 Config. 5
LTO/
CUD LT2ME1 CUD

Config. 3
CUD LT2ME1

Fig. 3.45 Configuration of the 2-Mbit/s Interfaces of ONU 20 FTTO

The equipment for the ONU 20 is shown in Fig. 3.46.


The SISA address of the ONU 20 is set on the supervision unit COSU, see Section
3.5.9.4.

(Address for ASA32 on


Slot Plug-in unit
the COSU)
(1)

5 LTx
The address of the
COSU can be set
4 LC2

3 LC1
1 COSU

2 CUD (2)

(Address of the CUD)

Fig. 3.46 ONU 20 Equipping and Addressing

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 137
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The equipment options for the individual units are displayed in Tab. 3.48.

Plug-in place 201 202 203 204 205

COSU ×

CUD ×

LC1 and LC21) × ×

LTx2) ×

1) LC: SLX102/E, SUB102, UAC68, SEM106C, SEM108HC, SLB62, LLA102/104C, I8S0P, I4UK2NTP,
IUL82C, IUL84C, I4UK4NTP, CM64/2, CPF2 with up to 4 modules: CIM-V24/CIM-V35/CIM-V36/
CIM-X21/CIM-nx64E, DSC104C, DSC6-n×64C
2) LTx: LTO/LT/NT, LTCOH, LT2ME1 with up to 2 modules Uk2mp/G703sh/SDSLmp/SDSLop/SDSL4op

Tab. 3.48 Equipping the ONU 20 FTTO

3.5.3 Hardware Settings


Opening for pigtail leading

Not fitted plug-in place must be


closed with a delivered cover plate

Battery (+)
48 V
(−)

(−) 56 V 1 8 1 8

(+) 1A (Si 4 AT)


9 15 9 15
QD2 slave QD2 master

Power supply connection Grounding sleeve

Fig. 3.47 Rear Side of the ONU 20 FTTO

Fig. 3.48 displays the backplane in the module frame (front view into the housing of the
ONU 20 FTTO; the front cover has been removed and the slide-in units have not yet
been plugged in)

138 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

X4 X8

X3 X7

X9

X2 X6

S1 S2 S3 S4

X1
X5

Fig. 3.48 Switches and Connectors in the ONU 20 FTTO

The backplane board is in the rear part of the ONU 20 housing on the inside of the rear
panel. To set DIL switches S1 to S4 you might have to remove the front cover and the
bottom plug-in units.
The plug-in units are plugged into sockets X1 to X9.
DIL switches S1 to S4 are used to select the transmission path for the QD2 information,
see Section QD2 Structure in the Shelf.

SISA-Addresses

Unit Used in Slot QD2 address

COSU 1 is set using the DIL switch S1 on the COSU,


valid values 1 to 30, see also “Commissioning the COSU”

CUD 2 fixed address = 2

LTx 5 fixed address = 5

QD2 Structure in the Shelf


The supervision of the ONU 20 as a remote station can be realized by different variants.
Possible are the following variants:
– Access via overhead channel of a line terminating unit (LTx)
– Access via ECC channel of the CUD.
Prefer one of the last two variants should be used.
The signal paths for the QD2 data must be set using the DIL switches S1 to S3 on the
backplane of the ONU 20 FTTO.
For each of this three DIL switches, all 4 slides of a DIL switch must always be set to
i the same position. Switches S3 and S4 may never be set to “ON” at the same time (all
slides of a DIL switch are either “OFF” or “ON”)!

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 139
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The different setting options are shown in the following table:

Transmission variant DIL Switch (at a time Slides 1 to 4)

S1 (O64) S2 (ECC) S3 (Slave) S4 (Master

Overhead of a LTx to QD2 Slave of the COSU ON OFF ON OFF

Overhead of a LTx to QD2 Master of the COSU ON OFF OFF ON

ECC of the CUD to QD2 Slave of the COSU OFF ON ON OFF

ECC of the CUD to QD2 Master of the COSU OFF ON OFF ON

External QD2 Slave of the ONU20 is used for supervision OFF OFF OFF OFF

Switches S3 and S4 may never be set to “ON” together (if S3 is “ON”, S4 should be
i “OFF” and vice versa)!

Setting the DIL Switches on the Central Terminal Panel


The DIL switch on the central terminal panel is used to define the signal path of the sec-
ond 2-Mbit/s connection (port 2) (i.e. this DIL switch can be used to make a connection
from port 2 of the CUD to port 2 of the LTO/LT2ME1, see configurations Fig. 3.45.
If port 2 of the CUD and port 2 of the LTO/LT2ME1 are connected to one another, the
! plug connectors of this interfaces may not have any external connections.

Configuration (see also Fig. 3.45) All slides of the DIL switch in the
central terminal panel

2 ON

1, 3, 4 or 5 OFF

Tab. 3.49 DIL Switch Setting in the Central Terminal Panel

140 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.4 Terminal Panels


The central interfaces (of CUD and LTx) are accessible via terminal panels as shown in
Tab. 3.50.

Terminal panel Application

S42024-A1867-A1 2 Mbit/s G.703 at 120 Ω via Sub-D

S42024-A1867-A2 2 Mbit/s G.703 at 120 Ω via Western sleeves

S42024-A1867-A3 2 Mbit/s G.703 at 75 Ω via BNC

Tab. 3.50 Central Terminal Panels on the ONU 20 FTTO

For the line card interfaces the following terminal panels are available depending on the
line card type:

Terminal panel Application Connectors

S42024-A1867-A10 Universal 4 x 25polar Sub D

S42024-A1867-A16 UAC 68 6 x 8polige western connector

S42024-A1867-A17 CPF2, data interfaces V.24, V.35, V.36 und X.21 4 x 15polar Sub D
additionally, adaptation cable S42022-A768-S56 for V.24 interfaces 1 x 25polar Sub D
S42024-A1867-A4 CPF2, Ethernet interfaces 4 x RJ-45

S42024-A1867-A18 SLX102/E, SLB62, SUB102, IUL82C, IUL84C, I4UK4NTP, I4UK2NTP 10 x 8polar western connector

S42024-A1867-A19 I8S0P 8 x 8polar western connector

S42024-A1867-A20 CM64/2 1 x 9polar Sub D; 1 x 25polar Sub D


S42024-A1867-A21 DSC104C and DSC6-nx64C 10 x 8polar western connector

Tab. 3.51 Terminal Panels of Line Cards in ONU 20 FTTO

3.5.4.1 Central Terminal Panels


Besides the copper line interfaces and the clock output T3out, the central terminal panel
has the following 2-Mbit/s interfaces:
• 2-Mbit/s interface of the CUD (port 1)
• 2-Mbit/s interface of the CUD (port 2)
• 2-Mbit/s interface of the LTx (port 2)
Should the first 2-Mbit/s interface (port 1) of the CUD be used externally, no line termi-
! nating plug-in unit may be equipped, see Fig. 3.45, config. 5.

The signal path of the CUD’s second 2-Mbit/s connection (port 2) is defined with this DIL
switch (i.e. with this DIL switch, port 2 of the CUD can be connected to port 2 of the
LTO/LT2ME1, configuration 2).
If port 2 of the CUD and port 2 of the LTO/LT2ME1 are connected with one another, the
! plug connectors of this interfaces may not be wired externally.

To set the DIL switch, the terminal panel has to be taken off.
i

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 141
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A1


CUD LTx
Port 2 Port 1 Port 2

HDSL 2 HDSL 1 T3 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703

Terminal panel removed and Nameplate


view from the top: X2 X1

Western sleeves Sub-D plugs 1 ON Sub-D plugs


RJ45 8/8 9-contact 9-contact
4

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8

Connector Assignment:

X6 X7 X8 X5 X4 X3

Pin CUD Port 2 CUD Port 1 LTx Port 1 LTx Port 2 T3out HDSL1 HDSL2

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S H1a1 (F1in_a1) H1a2 (F1in_a2)

2 E1in2_a E1in1_a E1out1_a E1in2_a T3out_a H1b1 (F1in_b1) H1b2 (F1in_b2)


3 E1out2_a E1out1_a E1in1_a E1out2_a GND_S GND_S GND_S

4 − − − − − H2a1 (F1out_a1) H2a2 (F1out_a2)

5 − − − − − H2b1 (F1out_b1) H2b2 (F1out_b2)


6 E1in2_b E1in1_b E1out1_b E1in2_b T3out_b GND_S GND_S

7 E1out2_b E1out1_b E1in1_b E1out2_b GND_S − −

8 − − − − − − −

9 − − − − −

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A2

LTx CUD
Port 2 Port 1 Port 2

HDSL2 HDSL1 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703 T3

3 2 1
Terminal panel removed and Nameplate
view from the top: X2 X1

Western sleeves ON Sub-D plugs


RJ45 8/8 1
9-contact
4

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8

142 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connector assignment:

X8 X5 X6 X7 X4 X3

Pin T3out LTx Port 2 CUD Port 1 LTx Port 1 CUD Port 2 HDSL1 HDSL2

1 GND_S E1out2_a E1out1_a E1in1_a E1out2_a H1a1 (F1in_a1) H1a2 (F1in_a2)

2 T3out_a E1out2_b E1out1_b E1in1_b E1out2_b H1b1 (F1in_b1) H1b2 (F1in_b2)

3 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

4 − E1in2_a E1in1_a E1out1_a E1in2_a H2a1 (F1out_a1) H2a2 (F1out_a2)

5 − E1in2_b E1in1_b E1out1_b E1in2_b H2b1 (F1out_b1) H2b2 (F1out_b2)

6 T3out_b GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

7 GND_S − − − − − −

8 − − − − − − −

9 −

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A3


LTx CUD
Port 2 Port 1 Port 2

HDSL2 HDSL1 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703 2 Mbit/s G.703 T3

Nameplate
Terminal panel removed and
view from the top:
X2 X1
Western sleeves BNC BNC SUB-D
RJ45 8/8 ON
9-contact
1 4

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11

Connector assignment:

Pin T3out HDSL1 HDSL2

1 GND_S H1a1 (F1in_a1) H1a2 (F1in_a2)

2 T3out_a H1b1 (F1in_b1) H1b2 (F1in_b2)

3 GND_S GND_S GND_S


4 − H2a1 (F1out_a1) H2a2 (F1out_a2)

5 − H2b1 (F1out_b1) H2b2 (F1out_b2)

6 T3out_b GND_S GND_S

7 GND_S − −
8 − − −

9 −

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 143
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

LTx Port 2 Port 1 CUD Port 2

X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10

CUD LTx CUD LTx

Wire E1in2_a E1out2_a E1in1a E1out1_a E1out1a E1in1_a E1in2a E1out2a

Cable E1in2_b E1out2_b E1in1b E1out1_b E1out1b E1in1_b E1in2b E1out2b


screen

3.5.4.2 Terminal Panels for Line Cards


Terminal panels according to Tab. 3.51 are usable as terminal panel for
line cards 1 and 2 of the ONU 20 FTTO.

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A4


Link Link
Module 4

Module 2
CLI Eth1 Eth2 Eth3 Eth4 Eth1 Eth2 Eth3 Eth4 CLI
Data plate

Terminal panel pulled out,


top view: X2 X1

X4 X6 X5 X3

Connector assignment:

X5 X6 X3 X4

Pin Eth1 Eth2 Eth3 Eth4 Eth1 Eth2 Eth3 Eth4 CLI CLI

1 TX1_1_a TX2_1_a TX3_1_a TX4_1_a TX1_2_a TX2_2_a TX3_2_a TX4_2_a

2 TX1_1_b TX2_1_b TX3_1_b TX4_1_b TX1_2_b TX2_2_b TX3_2_b TX4_2_b RS232out_1 RS232out_2

3 RX1_1_a RX2_1_a RX3_1_a RX4_1_a RX1_2_a RX2_2_a RX3_2_a RX4_2_a RS232in_1 RS232in_2

5 GND_S GND_S
6 RX1_1_b RX2_1_b RX3_1_b RX4_1_b RX1_2_b RX2_2_b RX3_2_b RX4_2_b

7 − −

8 − −

144 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A10 (Universal)


universal access panel

A B C D

Data plate

ON ON
S1 S2 4xSub-D plugs
4 1 4 1 25polar

Connector assignment:

Pin X3 (Sleeve A) X4 (Sleeve B) X5 (Sleeve C) X6 (Sleeve D)

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

2 L1_B25 L1_B17 L1_B9 L1_B1

3 L1_C26 L1_C18 L1_C10 L1_C2

4 L1_A26 L1_A18 L1_A10 L1_A2

5 L1_B27 L1_B19 L1_B11 L1_B3

6 L1_C28 L1_C20 L1_C12 L1_C4

7 L1_A28 L1_A20 L1_A12 L1_A4


8 L1_B29 L1_B21 L1_B13 L1_B5

9 L1_C30 L1_C22 L1_C14 L1_C6

10 L1_A30 L1_A22 L1_A14 L1_A6

11 L1_B31 L1_B23 L1_B15 L1_B7

12 L1_C32 L1_C24 L1_C16 L1_C8

13 L1_A32 L1_A24 L1_A16 L1_A8


14 L1_C25 L1_C17 L1_C9 L1_C1

15 L1_A25 L1_A17 L1_A9 L1_A1

16 L1_B26 L1_B18 L1_B10 L1_B2

17 L1_C27 L1_C19 L1_C11 L1_C3

18 L1_A27 L1_A19 L1_A11 L1_A3

19 L1_B28 L1_B20 L1_B12 L1_B4

20 L1_C29 L1_C21 L1_C13 L1_C5

21 L1_A29 L1_A21 L1_A13 L1_A5

22 L1_B30 L1_B22 L1_B14 L1_B6

23 L1_C31 L1_C23 L1_C15 L1_C7

24 L1_A31 L1_A23 L1_A15 L1_A7

25 L1_B32 L1_B24 L1_B16 L1_B8

Pin terms of the connectors A to D relating to pin terms of connected LC connector.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 145
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Terminal panel S42024-A1867-A16


access panel for UAC68

Port6 Port5 Port4 Port3 Port2 Port1

Date plate

X2 X1
Western sleeves
RJ45 8/8

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8

Connector assignment:

Pin X8 (Port 1) X7 (Port 2) X6 (Port 3) X5 (Port 4) X4 (Port 5) X3 (Port 6)

1 S21in_1 S21in_2 S21in_3 S21in_4 S21in_5 S21in_6


2 S22in_1 S22in_2 S22in_3 S22in_4 S22in_5 S22in_6

3 F2in_b1 F2in_b2 F2in_b3 F2in_b4 F2in_b5 F2in_b6

4 F2out_b1 F2out_b2 F2out_b3 F2out_b4 F2out_b5 F2out_b6


5 F2out_a1 F2out_a2 F2out_a3 F2out_a4 F2out_a5 F2out_a6

6 F2in_a1 F2in_a2 F2in_a3 F2in_a4 F2in_a5 F2in_a6

7 S21out_1 S21out_2 S21out_3 S21out_4 S21out_5 S21out_6

8 S22out_1 S22out_2 S22out_3 S22out_4 S22out_5 S22out_6

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A17


access panel for CPF2

Port4 SN3 Port3 SN2 Port2 SN1 Port1 SN0

Data plate
X2 X1

Sub D sleeve Sub D sleeve Sub D sleeve Sub D sleeve


15polar 15polar 15polar 15polar

X3 X4 X5 X6

146 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connector assignment:

P X3 (Port 4) X4 (Port 3) X5 (Port 2) X6 (Port 1) P X3 (Port 4) X4 (Port 3) X5 (Port 2) X6 (Port 1)

1 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S 9 SN3_aN_b SN2_aN_b SN1_aN_b SN0_aN_b

2 SN3_in_a SN2_in_a SN1_in_a SN0_in_a 10 SN3_CNTL_b SN2_CNTL_b SN1_CNTL_b SN0_CNTL_b

3 SN3_CNTL_a SN2_CNTL_a SN1_CNTL_a SN0_CNTL_a 11 SN3_aB_b SN2_aB_b SN1_aB_b SN0_aB_b


4 SN3_aB_a SN2_aB_a SN1_aB_a SN0_aB_a 12 SN3_inD_b SN2_inD_b SN1_inD_b SN0_inD_b

5 SN3_inD_a SN2_inD_a SN1_inD_a SN0_inD_a 13 SN3_SCLK_b SN2_SCLK_b SN1_SCLK_b SN0_SCLK


_b

6 SN3_SCLK_a SN2_SCLK_a SN1_SCLK_a SN0_SCLK_a 14 SN3_XCLK_b SN2_XCLK_b SN1_XCLK_b SN0_XCLK


_b

7 SN3_XCLK_a SN2_XCLK_a SN1_XCLK_a SN0_XCLK_a 15 - - - -

8 GND GND GND GND

Cable for standardized V.24 interface


The V.24 interface of the CPF2 can be attached to a 25-pin sub-D connector in a stan-
dard connection with the S42022-A768-S56 cable, see the following figure, the
UMN:IMN contains the pin assignment.
1);2) 1);2)

S-02YS(St)CH 8x2x0,4/0,8-120
(V42255-Z1004-A8)

1bl
1 1ws 1ws 1
3gn
2ws
Parallel wire Parallel wire 1tk
1vi
2or
1tk 2ws
3ws 2vi
2or 2tk
3vi 3gn
2tk 3ws
3vi
4ws 3tk
1bl
1vi 4ws
2vi

Front panel
3tk connector
S42024-A1867-A17

Wire color code

per IEC
ws white WH
or orange OG
bl blue BU
gn green GN
1) Shielding braid: vi violet VT
use installation instruction S42021-A124-Z25-*-31 tk turquoise TQ
br brown BN
2) Parallel wire to pin 1

Fig. 3.49 Connecting Cable S42022-A768-S56

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 147
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A18

access panel for UNI1

10 9 8 7 6 5 Connector 4 3 2 1
Data plate
X2 X1
Western sleeves
RJ45 8/8

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12

Connector assignment:

Pin X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12


(conn. 10) (conn. 9) (conn. 8) (conn. 7) (conn. 6) (conn. 5) (conn. 4) (conn. 3) (conn. 2) (conn. 1)

1 to 3

4 SBb10 SBb9 SBb8 SBb7 SBb6 SBb5 SBb4 SBb3 SBb2 SBb1

5 SBa10 SBa9 SBa8 SBa7 SBa6 SBa5 SBa4 SBa3 SBa2 SBa1

6 to 8

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A19


access panel for I8S0P

Port8 Port7 Port6 Port5 Port4 Port3 Port2 Port1

Data plate
X2 X1
Western sleeves
RJ45 8/8

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10

Connector assignment (terminal panel status 02):

Pin X3 (Port 8) X4 (Port 7) X5 (Port 6) X6 (Port 5) X7 (Port 4) X8 (Port 3) X9 (Port 2) X10 (Port 1)

1 and 2

3 S0b8 S0b7 S0b6 S0b5 S0b4 S0b3 S0b2 S0b1

4 S0d8 S0d7 S0d6 S0d5 S0d4 S0d3 S0d2 S0d1

5 S0c8 S0c7 S0c6 S0c5 S0c4 S0c3 S0c2 S0c1

6 S0a8 S0a7 S0a6 S0a5 S0a4 S0a3 S0a2 S0a1

7 and 8

148 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connector assignment (terminal panel status 03):

Pin X3 (Port 8) X4 (Port 7) X5 (Port 6) X6 (Port 5) X7 (Port 4) X8 (Port 3) X9 (Port 2) X10 (Port 1)

1 and 2

3 S0a8 S0a7 S0a6 S0a5 S0a4 S0a3 S0a2 S0a1

4 S0c8 S0c7 S0c6 S0c5 S0c4 S0c3 S0c2 S0c1


5 S0d8 S0d7 S0d6 S0d5 S0d4 S0d3 S0d2 S0d1

6 S0b8 S0b7 S0b6 S0b5 S0b4 S0b3 S0b2 S0b1

7 and 8

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A20


access panel for CM64/2 Sub-D sleeve Sub-D sleeve
25polar 9polar
X3 X4
Daten-Port E1-Port 2Mbit/s G.703

Data plate
X2 X1

Connector assignment:

Pin X3 (data) Pin X3 (data) Pin X4 (F2 port)

1 GND_S 14 out1b 1 GND_S

2 out1a 15 in1b 2 E1ina


3 in1a 16 out2b 3 E1outa

4 out2a 17 in2b 4 -

5 in2a 18 out3b 5 -

6 out3a 19 in3b 6 E1inb

7 in3a 20 out4b 7 E1outb

8 out4a 21 in4b 8 -

9 in4a 22 - 9 -
10 - 23 -

11 - 24 -

12 - 25 -

13 -

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 149
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A21


access panel for DSC104CO

Port 10 Port 9 Port 8 Port 7 Port 6 Port 5 Port 4 Port 3 Port 2 Port 1

Data plate Shielded western sleeves


RJ45 8/8
X2 X1

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12

Connector assignment:

Pin X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12


(Port 10) (Port 9) (Port 8) (Port 7) (Port 6) (Port 5) (Port 4) (Port 3) (Port 2) (Port 1)

1 D2outa10 D2outa9 D2outa8 D2outa7 D2outa6 D2outa5 D2outa4 D2outa3 D2outa2 D2outa1

2 D2outb10 D2outb9 D2outb8 D2outb7 D2outb6 D2outb5 D2outb4 D2outb3 D2outb2 D2outb1

3 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

4 D2ina10 D2ina9 D2ina8 D2ina7 D2ina6 D2ina5 D2ina4 D2ina3 D2ina2 D2ina1
5 D2inb10 D2inb9 D2inb8 D2inb7 D2inb6 D2inb5 D2inb4 D2inb3 D2inb2 D2inb1

6 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

7 - - - - - - - - - -

8 - - - - - - - - - -

9 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

10 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

Terminal Panel S42024-A1867-A22


access panel for DSC6-nx64G

Ch6 codi Ch5 codi Ch4 codi Ch3 codi Ch2 codi Ch2 Contra Ch1 codi Ch1 Contra TAN_A/B

Shielded western sleeves


Data plate RJ45 8/8 X2 X1

X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11

150 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Connector assignment:

Pin X31) X41) X51) X61) X71) X82) X91) X102) X11
(chann. 6) (chann. 5) (chann. 4) (chann. 3) (chann. 2) (chann. 2) (chann. 1) (chann. 1) (clock, central)

1 D2outa6 D2outa5 D2outa4 D2outa3 D2outa2 D2outa2 D2outa1 D2outa1

2 D2outb6 D2outb5 D2outb4 D2outb3 D2outb2 D2outb2 D2outb1 D2outb1

3 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S T22a2 GND_S T22a1 GND_S


4 D2ina6 D2ina5 D2ina4 D2ina3 D2ina2 D2ina2 D2ina1 D2ina1 Tina

5 D2inb6 D2inb5 D2inb4 D2inb3 D2inb2 D2inb2 D2inb1 D2inb1 Tinb

6 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S T22b1 GND_S

7 - - - - - T21a2 - T21a1

8 - - - - - T21b2 - T21b1

9 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

10 GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S GND_S

1) codirectional
2) contradirectional

3.5.5 Clock Supply


The ONU 20 is supplied with a clock via the incoming signal of a line termination unit
(synchronization via E1in). The central card can then provide a T3out via a SUB-D con-
nector. Hardware settings are not required for this.

3.5.6 Power Supply


The AC interface of the ONU 20 FTTO is to be secured with an over voltage element
i (10 kV) that has been tested according to IEC 61643-1 Class III. CE conformity is only
assured with this over voltage element.
The over voltage protector is supplied along with the power supply intended for the
ONU 20 FTTO. The product number is V39118-Z6004-A62.

Power is supplied to the cards in the ONU 20 FTTO by means of the monitoring module
i (COSU) and the CUD central card. These should not be removed for this reason.

The following interfaces are available for power supply:


• 1 × SUB-D jack (3W3) for connecting an external power pack, see Fig. 3.44 and
Fig. 3.47
• 1 × 3-contact plug for connecting an optional 48-V battery with 5 Ah, see Fig. 3.44,
Fig. 3.47 and Fig. 3.50.
In the case of mains failure during operation, an automatic switch-over to the battery
takes place. Deep discharge protection for the battery is available.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 151
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

rd bk

Fuse
6.3 A middle quick
Battery 48 V/ 5 Ah

Si M 6.3 A

Fig. 3.50 Battery Block

The battery block is supplied pre-charged. Check the battery block for any damage
! which may have occurred in transit. Check if the battery is properly charged. Warning:
do not short circuit the battery block during installation (by using an open end wrench)!

As an alternative to the external power pack, a battery voltage in the range from –48 V
to –60 V can also be introduced via the SUB-D jack (3W3). In this case the battery may
not be connected.

3.5.7 Operating Status Display


The following operating states are displayed on the module:
• Operating states of the MUX and the line terminal equipment with a red and green
LED respectively
• Operating states of the COSU and of the power supply with a red and green LED
Presence of secondary voltage from the external power pack and battery voltage as
well as internal temperature, fan failure and operation of exhaustive discharge pro-
tection are displayed with one red and one green LED
If there is a loss of network voltage during operation, supply is automatically switched to
the rechargeable battery, providing further operation of the ONU for 8 hours with 0.6 Er-
lang (e.g. equipment with two SUB102 and 20° C).
Exhaustive discharge protection is available for the battery which switches the battery
power supply off immediately if 40 V is not reached.

3.5.8 Local Operation of the ONU 20 FTTO


To connect a local PC to the ONU 20 FTTO, the cover plate at the front cover must be
removed, see also Fig. 3.44.
• Remove the two screws A and then the cover plate.
• Keep the cover plate and the screws for that case, the ONU 20 FTTO shall be remote
controlled.

152 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.9 Control and Supervision Unit COSU

3.5.9.1 Overview
Module COSU provides access for the operating system (OS) to the ONU 20 FTTO and
handles control and supervision functions.
Over and above this, the COSU controls the connection of the external battery, depend-
ing on the mains adapter voltage available.
The COSU performs the following functions:
• Implements a virtual concentrator (SISA-V/LMX V4)
The COSU implements a SISA-V/LMX V4 which maintains the network element
ASA32 as permanently present in its polling list.
• Provision of a QD2 slave interface (L1 and L2 termination)
• Provision of 2 × QD2 master interfaces (L1 and L2 termination)
– QD2 Master 1 for operating the modules within the ONU 20 FTTO
– QD2 Master 2 or operating remote network elements
The two master interfaces are combined to form one logical interface.
• Operation of a local F interface
• Performing self tests
The operating system of the COSU performs self-tests of the module components
and interfaces during the initialization phase. In the event of an error the correspond-
ing error signals are generated.
• Supervision, control and alarm signaling functions
(power failure, deep discharge of the battery, fan alarm, overtemperature)
The internal temperature of the ONU 20 FTTO is recorded using measurement sen-
sors. These connect a fan which ensures better distribution and dissipation of the
heat as required.
• Provision of the system time (RTC)
Module COSU has the following interfaces:
• QD2 slave in accordance with EIA RS485
A bus terminating resistor of 120 Ω can be connected.
• 2 × QD2 masters in accordance with EIA RS485
• F interface in accordance with ITU-T V.28
• Inputs to read out the type label data
• Input voltage +5 V from unit CUD
• Power supply from external adapter and also backup battery
• Output voltage−48 V for multiplexer and line equipment

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 153
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Internal interfaces External interfaces

COSU
to QD2 master 1
SISA-V
the NEs QD2 slave
Master Slave TMN
in the QD2 master 2
ONU20FTTO Port Port 1
F
Local
operation

ASA32
Type label
data
Meas. sen.
Processor
RTC
Fan

to MUX −48 V
and LTx
F. 4 A from
DC −48 V
EMV adapter
DC
+5 V
from CUD to
−48 V
EMV backup
battery

3.5.9.2 Battery control


The COSU monitors and controls the AC line adapter voltage and the battery voltage.
With an input voltage greater than 20 V (typically 33 V) the DC/DC switches on the
COSU and the central unit CUD after a startup time of < 1 s. From a adapter voltage of
43 V to 44 V the backup battery, if available will be connected via a relay.
If the adapter voltage drops below 43 V to 44 V an alarm is raised to indicate failure. The
system then continues to operate with battery backup. If the adapter voltage becomes
available again during the battery backup, this is connected.
If the battery voltage falls below 41 V to 43 V with no adapter voltage, an alarm is issued
and this is signalled with LEDs. The unit is switched off with a delay of around 2 minutes.
The delayed switch-off in the event of deep discharge is software-controlled. If the bat-
tery voltage falls below 40 V in the absence of any adapter voltage, switch-off is imme-
diate.
It is only possible to commission the ONU 20 FTTO if the adapter voltage is present.

154 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.9.3 Supervision and Alarm Signalling


The operating state of the COSU and the supervision criteria relevant for power supply
to the ONU 20 FTTO are shown by two LEDs as well as external alarms in the OS in
accordance with the table below.

LED (green) LED (red) Status External alarms in the OS

on off Operating normally, power being


correctly supplied via adapter

flashing − Failure of adapter supply AI 02 (power supply alarm)

flashing on Deep discharge protection active, AI 01 (battery alarm)


delayed switch-off

flashing flashing Address detected equal to 0 or greater


than 30

− flashing Increased operating temperature


(60°C ≤ T ≤ 70°C)

− on Overtemperature (T > 70°C); AI 06 (temperature)


Fan failure AI 05 (fan 1 alarm)

off off No AC adapter power and no battery


backup

Tab. 3.52 Optical Signalling of the COSU

3.5.9.4 Switch Settings

X4 H2
H1
F1
S2 5
2 1 4
X2 S1 3
2
ON 1
ON

X1
X3

Fig. 3.51 Supervision Unit COSU

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 155
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Setting the SISA V/LMX Address for the Corresponding Unit (COSU)
The SISA V/LMX address is set using the slides of the DIL switch S1 on the COSU, see
Fig. 3.51. This DIL switch can be found behind the removable housing cover between
the sub-D connector and the LEDs.
DIL switch for the SISA/QD2 address:

1 2 3 4 5

20 21 22 23 24

SISA-V/LMX-address (COSU) Bit 20-24

Slides 1 to 5 define the SISA-V/LMX address. This address can be set in the range of 1
to 30. The ON position is logic 0 and the OFF position is logic 1. The address must be
set according to the SISA network plan.
Address Switch S1
OFF (1) ON (0) ON = LOW = log 0
Example:
Switch 1 to OFF in accordance with 20 = 1
24 5
Switch 5 to OFF in accordance with 24 = 16
23
In accordance with address 17 for the COSU of ONU20
22
21
20 1

Setting the QD2 termination


The QD2 termination is set with the DIL switch S2, see Fig. 3.51. The switch settings
are described in the following table:

Switch setting Meaning

OFF QD2S termination high-impedance

ON QD2S termination 120 Ohm

Tab. 3.53 Setting the DIL Switch S2

156 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.10 Technical Data

3.5.10.1 Environmental Conditions


Operation acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.1E V2.1.2 (04/2003)
Temperature range −5 °C to +45 °C
Transport acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-2.3 V2.1.4 (04/2003)
Storage acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-1.3E V2.1.4 (04/2003)
Product safety IEC 60950-1/EN 60950-1:2001 (1st edition)
Degree of protection IP 20 per EN 60529
EMC acc. to ETS 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
and DTAG 1TR9 (Ed. 09.2001 Rev. 06/2002)
Noise level max. 6.3 bels
per ETS 300 753 (Ed. 1, 10/1997)
Safety chemical/biological acc. to ETS 300 753, Tab. 1 (Ed. 1, 10/1997)
Mechanical stability acc. to ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.1E V2.1.2 (04/2003)

3.5.10.2 Foreign Voltage Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor subscriber lines (OTC applications)
is implemented in 2 stages within the entire system. For further information see Section
1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.

Classification for external voltage protection acc. to EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
ITC applications according ITU-T K.20 (07/2003), basic1) level
OTC applications according ITU-T K.21 (07/2003), basic1) level

Compliance with the earth conditions according ITU-T


Indoor applications (inside subscriber building) K.31 (03/1993)
ITC applications (inside telecommunication building) K.27 (05/1996)
Outdoor applications (remote electronic sites) K.35 (05/1996)

In the case of the ONU 20 FTTO, general protection is implemented on the connection
panel intended for the relevant line card if the line card has outdoor ports (see the tech-
nical data for the relevant line card).

3.5.10.3 Power Supply and Power Consumption


Power supply/battery
Nominal voltage 115 VAC
Permissible operating voltage range 95 V to 132 VAC
or
Nominal voltage 230 VAC
Permissible operating voltage range 196 V to 254 VAC
Frequency of the input voltage 45 Hz to 68 Hz
Power consumption < 56 W

1) On enquiry, some line cards can also be used according enhanced level.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 157
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.5.10.4 Control and Supervision Unit COSU


QD2 Slave Interface

Configuration
QD2 slave serial bus system in acc. with
EIA RS485
Bus users 1 Master and
up to 30 slaves
Transmission lines,
Send and receive lines separated Symmetrical, 4-wire
Bit rate, autodetect 9.6/64 kbit/s
Transmission mode Synchronous to receive data
Line code NRZI
Permitted length 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of data connection Primary
Addresses of secondaries, can be set using
backplane coding (6-bit) 1 to 30
TXD Idle state high resistance
RXD expected idle state Permanent flags
Termination, switchable 121 Ω

QD2 Master Interface

Configuration serial bus system in acc. with


EIA RS485
Bus users 1 master and
up to 30 slaves
Transmission lines,
Send and receive lines separated symmetrical, 4-wire
Bit rate, configurable 9.6/64 kbit/s
Transmission mode (with asynchronous operation) plesiochronous
Line code NRZI
Permitted length 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of the data connection Primary (COSU)
Addresses of the secondaries 1 to 30
TXD idle state Permanent flags
RXD expected idle state log. “1” (high-resistance)
Termination
TXD 121 Ω
RXD voltage divider 383 Ω-147 Ω-383 Ω

F Interface

Configuration Point-to-point in acc. with


V.28
Transmission lines shielded, unsymmetrical
Bit rate, autodetect 9,6/19,2/38.4 kbit/s
Transmission mode asynchronous
Line code NRZ

158 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Permitted length 15 m
Protocol
Frame structure IEC TC57
Address and control byte HDLC (NRM, Polling)
Initiator of the data connection Primary (LCT)
Address of the secondary 1
Connectors 9-pin SUB-D connector
in acc. with IEC 807-2
(TXD: Pin 3, RXD:Pin 2)

Power Supply

Input voltages −36 V to −72 V,


+5 V
Power consumption at −60 V ≤ 50 mA
Power consumption at +5 V ≤ 500 mA

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 159
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6 CUD Central Unit Drop/Insert

3.6.1 Overview
The CUD unit forms the interface between the line cards of the multiplexer and the PCM
signals at the E1 ports, E1A and E1B. It works in a synchronous network, as a terminal
multiplexer or drop insert multiplexer.
The CUD has the following functions:
• multiplex functions for data and speech signals,
• provision of all clock and control signals,
• monitoring and control of the multiplexer via the QD2 interface,
• provision of an internal control channel ECC,
• control and signaling of subscriber interfaces,
• power supply for internal requirements of the CUD and LCs,
• ZA(A)/ZA(B) interface for alarm signaling in the direction of the central service ob-
servation equipment,
• insertion of busy tone.
Time slot control via a timed task is possible via the internal clock of the CUD for com-
plete 64-kbit/s channels, or for n × 64 kbit/s. No timed tasks for subrates, conference or
point-to-multipoint operation must be set up.
Internal interfaces External interfaces
2 Mbit/s
64 kHz E1A (G.703)
CUD PCM
4 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s
PCM highway E1B (G.703)
PCM PCM
sync T3in/T3out
clock
QD2 slave
LC bus ADR0...4
network element
address
ZA(A), ZA(B)
cent.serv.ob.
backplane
coding ECC ECC channel
−5 V
power Sa5 to Sa8
+5 V Sa bit channel
supply
for LCs −48 V/−60 V −48 V/−60 V

The following interfaces are implemented:


• 2-Mbit/s interfaces E1A and E1B according to ITU-T G.703/9,
• Clock interfaces T3in and T3out according to ITU-T G.703/13,
• ZA(A)/ZA(B) interfaces to central service observation equipment,
• QD2 slave interface according to EIA RS485,
• ECC interface according to ITU-T V.11,
• Sa5 to Sa8 interfaces for Sa bits in report word according to EIA RS485,
• LC bus to channel plug-in units,
• PCM highway,
• −48 V or −60 V power supply.

160 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.2 Monitoring and Alarms


Multiplexer alarms are analyzed and signaled according to an alarm table.

Alarm table
The evaluation and signaling of alarms by the multiplexer is carried out as defined in the
table of alarms, see Tab. 3.54.

Action Alarms Port A Port B AIS in switched


channels

Block T3out
E1out Block to the LC E1out Block to the LC A →B B→A
D2out (zd)

D2out (zd)
Sig. (zsb)

Sig (zsb)
NFout

NFout
Dk-bit

Dk-bit
Saout

Saout

TS16

TS16
D-bit

D-bit
VLC

VLC
AIS

AIS

TS

TS
Alarm criteria
A B S

E1in port A

LOS 10 10 × × × × × × × × (×)

AIS 10 × × × × × × × × (×)

SYN 10 10 × × × × × × × ×

BER−3 10 10 × × × × × × × ×
BER−5/−6 (10)

D-bit (A-bit) (10) 10 × ×

N-bit

AISK (10) 10 × × ×

SYNK (10) 10 × × ×

Dk-bit (10) 10 × ×

Nk-bit

E1in port B

LOS 10 10 × × × × × × × × (×)

AIS 10 × × × × × × × × (×)

SYN 10 10 × × × × × × × ×

BER−3 10 10 × × × × × × × ×

BER−5/−6 (×)

D-bit (A-bit) (10) 10 × ×

N-bit

AISK (10) 10 × × ×

SYNK (10) 10 × × ×

Dk-bit (10) 10 × ×

Nk-bit

Internal

Test mode 10 × × × × × × × × × × ×

LT 10

Tab. 3.54 Table of Alarms of the CUD

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 161
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Action Alarms Port A Port B AIS in switched


channels

Block T3out
E1out Block to the LC E1out Block to the LC A →B B→A

D2out (zd)

D2out (zd)
Sig. (zsb)

Sig (zsb)
NFout

NFout
Dk-bit

Dk-bit
Saout

Saout

TS16

TS16
D-bit

D-bit
VLC

VLC
AIS

AIS

TS

TS
Alarm criteria
A B S

Loss of −5 V × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × ×

Loss of +5 V × ×

ULC × × × × × × × ×

POW × ×

BEC unit × × × × × × × ×

LC unit × ×

D2/F2 port

Channel alarm 10

Urgent chan- 10 10
nel fault

Diagnosis
LL at port 10 × × × × × × (×)
A+KS

LL at port A 10 × × × (×)

RL at port A 10 × × × × ×

LL at port 10 × × × × × × (×)
B+KS
LL at port B 10 × × × (×)

RL at port B 10 × × × × ×

PM 10

× Action is performed
10 Action is performed after a delay of 10 s
(×) Action is switchable

Tab. 3.54 Table of Alarms of the CUD (Cont.)

Alarm criteria
LOS Loss of signal at E1in (more than 32 consecutive zeros)
AIS AIS at E1in (continual ‘one’)
SYN Loss of frame synchronization or loss of the E1in CRC4 frame
BER−3 Bit error rate at E1in ≥10–3
BER−5/−6 Bit error rate at E1in
with CRC4 frames: ≥10-6
without CRC4 frames: ≥10-5
D-bit Bit 3 (A-bit) of the service word received
D-bit is “H” if the remote multiplexer is malfunctioning (remote
alarm).

162 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

N-bit Bit 4 (bit Sa4) of the service word received,


can be used for swapping the synchronization clock source,
N-bit = “L” is indicated.
AISK AIS (continuous ‘one) in time slot 16
SYNK Loss of synchronization in the signaling multiframe at E1in
Dk-bit Bit 6 of time slot 16 in frame 0
Dk-bit in the received signal is “H” in the case of a multiframe
remote alarm
Nk-bit Bit 7 of time slot 16 in frame 0
Nk-bit = “0” in the received signal is indicated
The criteria AISK, SYNK, Dk-bit and Nk-bit are only effective when the signaling frame
is switched on.

Internal
Test mode Self test by the CUD computer during the switch-on phase
Sync. clock Failure of the synchronization clock T3in, or internal fault
Λοσσ οφ −5 V Failure of the −5 V operating voltage on the CUD
Loss of +5 V Failure of the +5 V operating voltage on the CUD
UKZU Failure of the −48 V/−60 V voltage for specific LCs
BEU unit Failure of the −5 V voltage or VLC for LCs
LC unit Malfunction of an LC
LCs 7 to 12 of an expanded multiplexer will be reported as faulty
even if the
+5 V voltage for the BEU has failed.

F2/D2 port
Channel alarm The number of faulty channels is greater than or equal to a
specified threshold (depends on the specification of the LC).
Urgent channel fault At least one channel is reporting an urgent channel fault (de-
pends on the specification of the LC).

Diagnostics
LL Local loop on the E1 port
RL Remote loop on the E1 port
PM At least one channel is in test mode (depends on the
specification of the LC).

Actions

Alarms
A A alarm
B B alarm
S S alarm
At the ZA(A) break contact, the output is either an A alarm or an S alarm, and if both
apply an operating voltage failure is output.
The ZA(B) make contact sends a B alarm to the ZBBeo.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 163
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Port A and Port B


D-bit Bit 3 (A-bit) of the service word in the send direction
Dk-bit Bit 6 of time slot 16 in frame 0 in the send direction
AIS Continuous “H” signal
D2out Outgoing data signals via LC are blocked
Sig Signaling to analog subscribers is blocked
NFout Outgoing NF signals are blocked
Saout The Sa-bits received at E1in are blocked in the Saout direction
VLC Computer data supply voltage failure for LCs

AIS in channels switched through from port to port


TS All time slots apart from time slot 16
TS16 Time slot 16

Block T3out The outgoing clock signal is blocked

Operating state indications


The operating state of the CUD, and thus of the multiplexer, is indicated by one red and
one green LED on the front of the CUD, see Tab. 3.55.

LED (green) LED (red) State

on off fault-free operation

on on fault/service (S alarm)

off on urgent alarm (A alarm)


on flashing non-urgent alarm (B alarm)

off off no +5 V operating voltage (A alarm)

Tab. 3.55 Optical Signaling of the CUD

Monitoring transmission quality at E1in according to ITU-T G.821/G.826


The PCM signal which is received at the E1 port is continuously analyzed. Errors which
are identified in this signal (quality values) can be called up from the data memory.
If the CRC4 frame is switched on, the analysis is according to ITU-T G.826, and back-
ground block errors (BBE) are identified. Without CRC4 frames, errors in the received
signal are identified according to ITU-T G.821.
The measurement intervals for quality monitoring are synchronized with the real time
clock of the central plug-in unit. At the start of a measurement interval, the counters are
reset, and after the expiry of the measurement interval the results are stored in 15-min
and 24-h records. A new interval is then started.
The operating voltage of the internal clock is buffered, so that the clock continues to run
in spite of short power failures (< 1 h).
It is possible to display both the current quality counter and any stored record. The num-
ber of quality records is configurable.

164 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Test options
On the front of the CUD, there are sockets for measurement and disconnection:
• Disconnection sockets for E1out A, B and E1in A, B
After the two short-circuit plugs are disconnected, the E1 interface is disconnected
and the external interface and multiplexer interface are accessible.
• IEC socket for monitoring ±5 V voltages
• Loop circuits
– Local loop (multiplexer), an AIS signal is output via E1out, optional blocking of LCs
possible
– Remote loop (external), the channels on F2 of the multiplexer are blocked.

3.6.3 Controls CUD-D1


The control elements on the CUD are used to realize the particular application and the
associated hardware configuration of the multiplexer, see Fig. 3.52 and Tab. 3.56.
X10 Internal connector
x14 X11 X11 External connector
out in X14 Test jack
Green 3 3 S1 S4
OFF X1 Break/test jack port A, in
Red 1 21 2
X2 Break/test jack port A, out
x1 in Port A X3 Break/test jack port B, in
x2 out 3 2 in S3 S5
X4 Break/test jack port B, out
OFF

OFF

1
S2 3 2 out
1 S1 Port A termination
S2 Port-B termination
x3 in F2 F1 S3 T3in termination
Port B
x4 out
S4 QD2Sout termination
ON=0
S6 S5 QD2Sin termination
1

3 F1 Melting fuse 1 A for −60 V /CUD


X10
5 F2 Melting fuse 2 A/−60 V for LCs
7
S6 Switch for setting the SISA address
slide switch 7 and 8 not used

Fig. 3.52 Controls of the CUD

Switch Position Setting Function

S1/2 in 1-3 75 Ω unbalanced Termination E1inA/B


2 - 31) 120 Ω balanced

S1/2 out 1-3 75 Ω unbalanced Termination E1outA/B


2 - 31) 120 Ω balanced
S3 OPEN1) High-impedance Termination T3in
CLOSED 75 Ω/120 Ω

S42) OPEN1) High-impedance Bus termination slave port QD2-Sout


CLOSED 120 Ω

S52) OPEN1) High-impedance Bus termination slave port QD2-Sin


CLOSED 120 Ω
1) As delivered status
2) DIP-FIXs are even to switch equal

Tab. 3.56 Setting the Controls of the CUD

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 165
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Adaptation for Using in Several Shelves


The following SISA addresses have to be set in accordance of the shelves:

Shelf/ONU Slides of DIL switch S6 Delivery


state
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SNUS, FMX2S ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ×

MXS19C with SUE-E x x x x x OFF OFF OFF


1)
without SUE-E QD2 address 1 ... 30 ON OFF OFF

ONU 20, ONU 30 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON

OFF = 1, ON = 0
1) If the value for the QD2 address is not valid, the CUD does not boot. The failure is displayed with
constant blinking of the red and green LEDs.

Tab. 3.57 Address Switch Settings on the CUD

Break/Test Jacks
Assignments of Break/Test Jacks X1 and X2

X1 X2 2 To connector
Pos. Assignment Pos. Assignment 1

3 4 1 E1inA-A 3 4 1 E1outA-A
3 4 Card side
2 E1inA-B 2 E1outA-B
1 2 1 2
3 E1inA-A 3 E1outA-A

4 E1inA-B 4 E1outA-B

Assignments of Break/Test Jacks X3 and X4

X3 X4 1 2 To connector
Pos. Assignment Pos. Assignment

3 4 1 E1inB-A 3 4 1 E1outB-A
3 4 Card side
2 E1inB-B 2 E1outB-B
1 2 1 2
3 E1inB-A 3 E1outB-A

4 E1inB-B 4 E1outB-B

Connector Assignment of Test Jack X14

X14
Pos. Assignment

3 4 1 −5 V

2 GND
1 2
3 +5 V

4 GND

166 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.4 Controls CUD-E1


The control elements on the CUD are used to realize the particular application and the
associated hardware configuration of the multiplexer, see Fig. 3.52 and Tab. 3.56.

X10 Internal connector


x14 X11 X11 External connector
X9 X14 Test jack power supply -5 V/+5 V
Green 1
3 X1 Isolating jack F1in port A
Red 5

X43 X2 Isolating jack F1out port A


531
x5 in x1 1 X3 Isolating jack F1in port B
Port A 3
x6 out x2 5 X4 Isolating jack F1out port B
X44
X5 to X8 Short-circuit connectors
F3 F1 F2
X9 QD2Sin/out termination
531
x7 in x3 X43 T3 termination
Port B
x8 out x4 S6 Switch for setting the SISA address
X45
ON=0 slide switch 7 and 8 not used
S6
1
F1 Leaded fuse for −60 V
3
X10 F2 Leaded fuse for −60 V for the signal
5
converter modules (MKZU)
7
F3 Leaded fuse for alarm contacts
ZA(A) and ZA(B)

Fig. 3.53 Controls of the CUD

Settings for E1, T3 and QD2S Interfaces


The following bridges have to be inserted according to the application:

Switch Position Setting Applications


1)
X44 1-2 120 Ω balanced Termination E1inA
1)
5-6 Termination E1outA

1-3 75 Ω unbalanced Termination E1inA


4-6 Termination E1outA
1) 120 Ω balanced
X45 1-2 Termination E1inB
1)
5-6 Termination E1outB
1-3 75 Ω unbalanced Termination E1inB

4-6 Termination E1outB


1)
X9 1 - 2 open High-impedance Bus termination slave port QD2Sin

1 - 2 bridged 120 Ω
1)
5 - 6 open High-impedance Bus termination slave port QD2Sout

5 - 6 bridged 120 Ω
1)
X43 1 - 2 open High-impedance Termination T3in

1 - 2 bridged 75 Ω/120 Ω

1) As delivery status

Tab. 3.58 E1, T3 and QD2S Interface Settings on the CUD

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 167
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Adaptation for Using in Several Shelves


The following SISA addresses have to be set in accordance of the shelves:

Shelf/ONU Slides of DIL switch S6 Delivery


state
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SNUS, FMX2S ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ×

MXS19C with SUE-E x x x x x OFF OFF OFF


1)
without SUE-E QD2 address 1 ... 30 ON OFF OFF

ONU 20, ONU 30 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON

OFF = 1, ON = 0
1) If the value for the QD2 address is not valid, the CUD does not boot. The failure is displayed with
constant blinking of the red and green LEDs.

Tab. 3.59 Address Switch Settings on the CUD

Break/Test Jacks
Assignments of Break/Test Jacks X1 and X2

X1 X2 2 To connector
Pos. Assignment Pos. Assignment 1

3 4 1 E1inA-A 3 4 1 E1outA-A
3 4 Card side
2 E1inA-B 2 E1outA-B
1 2 1 2
3 E1inA-A 3 E1outA-A

4 E1inA-B 4 E1outA-B

Assignments of Break/Test Jacks X3 and X4

X3 X4 1 2 To connector
Pos. Assignment Pos. Assignment

3 4 1 E1inB-A 3 4 1 E1outB-A
3 4 Card side
2 E1inB-B 2 E1outB-B
1 2 1 2
3 E1inB-A 3 E1outB-A

4 E1inB-B 4 E1outB-B

Connector Assignment of Test Jack X14

X14
Pos. Assignment

3 4 1 −5 V

2 GND
1 2
3 +5 V

4 GND

168 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.5 Connector Assignment

X11
c b a External connector 11 Internal connector 10

2 No. c b a No. c b a

1 GND_S GND_S GND

2 E1inA_a E1inA_b RA 2 PUP ZAA GND


10
3 SEL_0 GND GND

4 E1outA_a E1outA_b RB 4 MUP ZAB MUKZU

5 SEL_1

6 T3out_a T3out_b SA6out_a 6 Z_MODE Z_BEU2 NZUB


20
7
8 E1inB_a E1inB_b SA6out_b 8 A0 A4 A3

30 10 SA5out_a SA5out_b 10 P_TYP

11

12 SA7out_a SA7out_b 12 A2 A1

13 GND
14 QD2Sout_a QD2Sout_b 14
X10 15 GND GND
c b a
16 SA8out_a SA8out_b 16 T64K
2
17

18 E1outB_a E1outB_b 18 AD7 AD6 AD5

19
10
20 SA5in_a SA5in_b TA 20 AD4 AD3 AD2

21

22 SA7in_a SA7in_b TB 22 AD1 AD0 ALE

20 23

24 QD2Sin_a QD2Sin_b SA8in_a 24 NCS NWR NRD

25 GND

26 SA6in_a SA6in_b SA8in_b 26 ADR3 T8K_E PCM_E


30 27 GND GND

28 T3in_a T3in_b ZAA 28 P5V P5V

29
30 ZAB 30 T4M T8K_S PCM_S

31 GND GND GND

32 PZA 32 M5V P5V GND

Leading contacts

Fig. 3.54 Connector Assignment of the CUD

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 169
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

A0 to A4 Address lines of NE 0 to 30
AD0 to AD7 Address- and data bus lines
ADR3 Address line for slot-group indication
ALE Address latch enable
E1outA/B_a/b 2-Mbit/s transmit signal port A/B, a- and b wire
E1inA/B_a/b 2-Mbit/s receive signal port A/B, a- and b wire
GND Internal ground
GNDS Ground of the shelf
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
MUP Negative primary voltage −48 V/−60 V
M5V Negative secondary voltage −5 V
NRD Read signal for LCs
NWR Write signal for LCs
NCS Chip-select signal for LCs
NZUB Contact; BEU plugged
PCM_E PCM highway; receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway; transmit direction
PUP Positive primary voltage +48 V/+60 V
PZA Positive reference potential for ZA(A) and ZA(B)
P5V Positive secondary voltage +5 V
P_TYP Test signal/write type-label data
QD2Sout_a/b Transmit signal, slave port, a- and b wire
QD2Sin_a/b Receive signal, slave port, a- and b wire
RA/RB ECC interface, transmit signal, a- and b wire
SAxout/in_a/b Transmit signal/receive signal SAx, a- and b wire
SEL_0/1 Lines for slot indication of the CUD
TA ECC interface, receive signal, a wire
TB ECC interface, receive signal, b wire
T64K 64-kHz synchronous clock from digital LCs
T4M 4-MHz system clock; PCM highway (CUD - LC)
T8K_E Frame synchronization pulse of received PCM signal
T8K_S Frame synchronization pulse of transmitted PCM signal
T3out(in)_a/b Outgoing (incoming) 2048-kHz clock, a- and b wire
ZAA Bw7R output ZA(A)
ZAB Bw7R output ZA(B)
Z_BEU2 Contact; unit BEU disturbed
Z_Mode Contact; test mode CUD

170 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.6 Technical Data

3.6.6.1 E1 Interfaces (E1A, E1B)


Electrical interface conditions to ITU-T G.703/9
Impedance, switchable
symmetrical 120 Ω
asymmetrical 75 Ω
Jitter compatibility to ITU-T G.823/3.1
Max. permitted output jitter at E1out
Clock derived from E1in or T3in to CTR13

Multiplex signal
Bit rate 2048 kbit/s ±50 ppm
Frame structure per ITU-T G.704/2.3
Use of time slots
Frame synchronization status word 0
Channel information 1 to 15
CAS codes / channel information, switchable 16
Channel information 17 to 31
CRC4 multi-frame (optionally switchable) per ITU-T G.704/2.3.3
Frame synchronization per ITU-T G.736
CAS code frame, switchable per ITU-T G.704/5.1.3
Monitoring criteria for multiplex signal per ITU-T G.736 and
G.821/G.826

3.6.6.2 Internal Clock Source


Frequency 2048 kHz ±50 ppm
Inherent jitter at 20 Hz ≤ fj ≤ 100 kHz ≤ 0.05 UIpp

3.6.6.3 T3 Interface
T3in

Electrical interface conditions per ITU-T G.703/13


Clock frequency 2048 kHz ±50 ppm
Impedance, switchable
High-resistance ≥ 1.6 kΩ ll ≤ 120 pF
Low-resistance,
symmetrical 120 Ω
asymmetrical 75 Ω
Inherent jitter at 20 Hz ≤ fj ≤100 kHz ≤ 0.05 UIpp
Jitter compatibility per ITU-T G.823

T3out

Electrical interface conditions per ITU-T G.703/13


Clock frequency 2048 kHz ±50 ppm
Impedances

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 171
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

symmetrical 120 Ω
asymmetrical 75 Ω
Jitter transmission
from E1out to T3out per CTR13
from E1in to T3out per ITU-T G.736, Fig. 1

3.6.6.4 QD2 Slave Interface


Configuration Serial bus system
per EIA RS485
Bus participants 1 master ≤ 30 slaves
Transmission lines 4-wire, symmetrical
Bit rate (auto detect) 0.6 kbit/s
1.2 kbit/s
9.6 kbit/s
64 kbit/s
Transmission mode Plesiochronous
Line code NRZI
Permitted length ≤ 500 m
Protocol HDLC (NRM, polling)
Initiator of data connection Primary
Address of secondaries,
can be set by backplane coding 1 to 30

3.6.6.5 ECC Interface


Configuration Point-to-point connection
per EIA RS422
Transmission lines 4-wire, symmetrical
Bit rate
with oversampling 9.6 kbit/s
data signal with HDLC frame 64 kbit/s
Transmission mode Plesiochronous

3.6.6.6 Interfaces for Sa Bits


Interface parameters per EIA RS485
Sampling frequency 4 kHz
Transmission channels Sa5, Sa6, Sa7, Sa8
Transmission speed per Sa bit interface
at 15 % sampling distortion 0.6 kbit/s
at 30 % sampling distortion 1.2 kbit/s
Asynchronous 16-kbit/s channel
Interface Sa7
Sampling frequency 16 kHz
Transmission speed
at 15 % sampling distortion 2.4 kbit/s
at 30 % sampling distortion 4.8 kbit/s

172 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.6.6.7 ZA(A) and ZA(B) Interfaces


Working method
ZA(A) interface Normally closed contact
ZA(B) interface Normally open contact
Absent +5V operating voltage results in alarm on ZA(A).

Open contact
Permitted voltage −8 V to −72 V
Permitted alternating interference voltage 2 V0S
Maximum residual current 20 mA

Closed contact
Minimum current 1 mA
Maximum continuous current 60 mA
Maximum residual voltage against ground −2 V
Permitted load types Ohmic resistance,
relay with suppressor diodes,
LEDs
Lightning protection, core against ground, Ri = 40 Ω
Lightning 1.2/50 μs, 500 V ETS 300386-1, LFS
EN 50082-2, Criterion B
Emission of line-associated
radio frequency interference ETS 300386-1, Class B
EN 55102-1, 50 Ω
Immunity from bursts ETS 300386-1, Tab. 2
500 V: NP, 1 kV: LFS
EN50082-2: 1 kV, Criterion B

3.6.6.8 Power Supply


Input voltage −36 V to −72 V
PV without load on sources by LCs ≤6W
With ±5 V load on sources by LCs, the power dissipation resulting from the efficiency
0.8 of the DC-DC converters must also be taken into account.
Nominal output voltages +5 V (±5 %)
−5 V (±5 %)
Permitted load current
at +5 V 2.5 A
at −5 V 1A
Fuses
for input voltage (−48 V/−60 V) 1A
for voltage for LCs (−48 V/−60 V) 2 AT

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 173
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7 Bus Extension Unit BEC

3.7.1 Overview
The job of the bus extension unit is to connect the system bus to six further LCs and to
supply these LCs with the necessary voltages. A CUD without a BEC can operate six
LCs, but with a BEC it can operate twelve.
The BEC is used if:
• for full exploitation of the capacity of the 2-Mbit/s signal, more than six LCs are need-
ed (LC has a limited number of interfaces),
• a variable set of different subscriber interfaces is to be provided.
The number of timeslots of the 2-Mbit/s signal is not increased by a BEC.
The BEC has the following interfaces:
• PCM highway,
• LC bus,
• alarms,
• power supply.

PCM highway BEC PCM highway

LC bus LC bus
LC CUD

−5 V
+5 V alarms
−48 V/−60 V

−48 V/−60 V

3.7.2 Monitoring and Alarm


The BEC is connected to the associated CUD via two alarm contacts, and is monitored
by it.

174 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7.3 Controls BEC-A1

2 4
(X2)

1 3

X2

F1

F2

1 3
S1
2 4
10

X2 Test connector voltages +5 V/–5 V


Plug-in connector X2
10 plug connector
Contact Signal F1 Fuse for M48V-Primary voltage (1AT)
F2 Fuse for M48V-Primary voltage
1 +5 V via 10 kΩ of the LCs (2AT)
2 Ground S1 Dip-Fix switch must be open

3 –5 V via 10 kΩ

4 Ground

Fig. 3.55 Controls of the BEC-A1

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 175
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7.4 Controls BEC-B1

2 4
(X2)

1 3
X2

F1
F2 X1 plug connector to back plane
X2 Test connector voltages +5 V/–5 V
1 5
X3 F1 Fuse for M48V-primary voltage (1AT)
X1
2 6 F2 Fuse for M48V-secondary voltage
of the LCs (2.0 AT) at extended (right)
system bus
X3 2x3-pin contact strip

Plug-in connector X2

Contact Signal

1 +5 V via 10 kΩ

2 Ground

3 –5 V via 10 kΩ
4 Ground

Pin contact strip X3

Pin State Function Note

1-3 Opened Allocation of ADR31 not by back plane Delivery state

1-3 Bridged Allocation of ADR31 by back plane

2-4 Opened Allocation of ADR21 not by back plane Delivery state


2-4 Bridged Allocation of ADR21 by back plane

5-6 Opened Without function Delivery state

Fig. 3.56 Controls of the BEC-B1

176 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7.5 Connector Assignment BEC-A1

Connector 10

No c b a
.

2 PUP GND

3
4 MUP MUKZU

5 Z_BEU2 Z_BEU1

8 A0 A4 A3

9 ADR3_1 ADR2_1
10

11

12 A2 A1
10
13
c b a 1 14
1
15 CLK_64K1

5 16 CLK_64K2

17 AD71 AD61 AD51


10 18 AD72 AD62 AD52
5
19 AD41 AD31 AD21
15 20 AD42 AD32 AD22
8
21 AD11 AD01 ALE1
20
22 AD12 AD02 ALE2

23 CS1 WR1 RD1


25
Code part: 24 CS2 WR2 RD2
representation 25 SYN_E1 PCM_E1
30 of the missing code
26 ADR3_2 SYN_E2 PCM_E2
16 elements
27 ADR2_2 SSYNC1

28 P5 V_LC P5 V_LC SSYNC2

29 CLK_4M1 SYN_S1 PCM_S1

30 CLK_4M2 SYN_S2 PCM_S2

31

32 M5 V_LC P5 V_LC GND

Fig. 3.57 Connector Assignment BEC-A1

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 177
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations BEC-A1

ADR2_1 and Plug in place address for LCs in left system


ADR3_1
ADR2_2 and Plug in place address for LCs in right system
ADR3_2
AD0 to AD7 Address- and data bus lines
CLK_64K 64-kHz synchronous clock from digital LCs
CLK_4M 4-MHz system clock PCM highway (CUA - LC)
CS Chip select
GND Internal ground
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
MUP Negative primary voltage −48 V/−60 V
PCM_E PCM highway; receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway; transmit direction
PUP Positive primary voltage +48 V/+60 V
RD Read
SYN_E Synchronous pulse; receive direction
SYN_S Synchronous pulse; transmit direction
WR Write
Z_BEU1 Contact; unit BEC plugged (generating a Reset after undervoltage
for about 200 ms
Z_BEU2 Contact; unit BEC out of order (low active at loss of M5V_LC or
P5V_LC or breakdown of −48 V fuse)
P5 V_LC Positive secondary voltage for LCs
M5 V_LC Negative secondary voltage for LCs

178 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7.6 Connector Assignment BEC-B1

Plug-in connector X1

Nr. c b a

1 GND_S GND_S

2 PUP GND

4 MUP MUKZU

5 Z_BEU1

9 ADR21 ADR31

10 PWE

11

12

13
X1
14
c b a 1 15 CLK_64K1
1
16 CLK_64K2

5 17 AD71 AD61 AD51

18 AD72 AD62 AD52


10 19 AD41 AD31 AD21
5
20 AD42 AD32 AD22
15 21 AD11 AD01 ALE1
8
22 AD12 AD02 ALE2
20
23 CS1 WR1 RD1
24 CS2 WR2 RD2
25 Code part:
representation 25 SYN_E1 PCM_E1
of the missing code 26 ADR32 SYN_E2 PCM_E2
30 elements
27 ADR22 SSYNC1
16
28 P5 V_LC P5 V_LC SSYNC2

29 CLK_4M1 SYN_S1 PCM_S1


30 CLK_4M2 SYN_S2 PCM_S2

31 GND GND GND

32 M5 V_LC P5 V_LC GND

Fig. 3.58 Connector Assignment BEC-B1

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 179
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations BEC-B1

ADR21 and Plug in place address for LCs in left system


ADR31
ADR22 and Plug in place address for LCs in right system
ADR32
AD01, AD11, Address-data signals for the left system bus
AD21, AD31,
AD41, AD51,
AD61, AD71
AD02, AD12, Address-data signals for the right system bus
AD22, AD32,
AD42, AD52,
AD62, AD72
CLK_64K1 64-kHz synchronous clock from digital LCs, left system bus
CLK_64K2 64-kHz synchronous clock from digital LCs, right system bus
CLK_4M1 4-MHz system clock PCM highway (CUA - LC), left system bus
CLK_4M2 4-MHz system clock PCM highway (CUA - LC), right system bus
CS1 Chip select, left system bus
CS2 Chip select, right system bus
GND Internal ground
GND_S Screening ground
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
MUP Negative primary voltage −48 V/−60 V
PCM_E1 PCM highway; receive direction, left system bus
PCM_E2 PCM highway; receive direction, right system bus
PCM_S1 PCM highway; transmit direction, left system bus
PCM_S2 PCM highway; transmit direction, right system bus
PUP Positive primary voltage +48 V/+60 V
PWE Test signal
RD1 Read, left system bus
RD2 Read, right system bus
SYN_E1 Synchronous pulse; receive direction, left system bus
SYN_E2 Synchronous pulse; receive direction, right system bus
SYN_S1 Synchronous pulse; transmit direction, left system bus
SYN_S2 Synchronous pulse; transmit direction, right system bus
WR1 Write, left system bus
WR2 Write, right system bus
Z_BEU1 Contact; unit BEC plugged (generating a Reset after undervoltage
for about 200 ms)
P5 V_LC Positive secondary voltage for LCs
M5 V_LC Negative secondary voltage for LCs

180 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.7.7 Technical Data


Input voltage −36 V to −72 V
PV without load on sources by LCs ≤6W
With ±5 V load on sources by LCs, the power dissipation resulting from the efficiency
0.8 of the DC-DC converters must also be taken into account.
Nominal output voltages +5 V (±5 %)
−5 V (±5 %)
Permitted load current
at +5 V 2.5 A
at −5 V 1A
Fuses
for input voltage (−48 V/−60 V) 1 AT
for voltage for LCs (−48 V/−60 V) 2 AT

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 181
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.8 SUB102 Subscriber Converter

3.8.1 Overview
The SUB102 subscriber converter, an analog line card for ten channels with a/b inter-
face, is used to connect conventional analog subscriber telephones or extension tele-
phones to a transmission network.
The feed characteristics of individual subscriber line circuits can be adapted to power
terminal equipment performing special functions when idle (e.g. coin box telephones).
The number of special interfaces is limited to 2 per line card.
The line card provides the following functions:
• Electrical characteristics of the subscriber interfaces
– coding/decoding of the voice signals with filtering
– application of balanced feeding
– ground start
– loop start
• Control of call processing procedures
– reversal
– feed interruption
– sending a balanced ringing signal
– sending of metering pulses (12 kHz/16 kHz)
• Signaling interface per CAS
– class feature (CLIP) for direct connection to the exchange.
External interfaces Internal interfaces
PCM highway
SUB102
a1
F2
b1 LC bus
...
...

a10 −5 V
F2
b10 +5 V
−48 V/−60 V

The SUB102 is equipped with the following interfaces:


• F2 interface (subscriber interface)
The F2 interface is a two-wire interface which is used for transmission of the VF and
signaling information.
Port 1 and port 2 of the unit are suitable for connection of special terminals (e.g. coinbox
i telephones), which need a higher feed current in the idle (> 2 mA) as well as in the active
status (> 25 mA).

182 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
SUB102.
• Power supply.

3.8.2 Connector Assignment


11
c b a Connector 11 Connector 10
1 No. No.
C B A C B A
5 1 F2_a1

2 F2_b1 2 PUKZU GND


10
3 F2_a2

4 F2_b2 4 MUKZU
15
5
6 6 PE
20
7 F2_a3

8 F2_b3 8
25
9

30 10 10 Pb1
11 F2_a4

12 F2_b4 12 Pb0
13 F2_a5

14 F2_b5 14
15
18 18 AD7 AD6 AD5
10 19 F2_a6
c b a
20 F2_b6 20 AD4 AD3 AD2
2
21

22 22 AD1 AD0 ALE


23 F2_a7
10
24 F2_b7 24 CS WR RD
25 F2_a8

26 F2_b8 26 ADR3 SYN_E PCM_E

20 27

28 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0


29 F2_a9

30 F2_b9 30 CLK_4M SYN_S PCM_S


30 31 F2_a10

32 F2_b10 32 −5 V +5 V GND

Fig. 3.59 Connector Assignment of SUB102

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 183
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address and data bus bit 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Address of plug-in place 0 to 15 for LC
ALE Address latch enable
CLK_4M 4-MHz system clock PCM highway
CS Chip select
F2_a1 to F2_a10 Interface analog 1 to 10, a wire
F2_b1 to F2_b10 Interface analog 1 to 10, b wire
GND Internal ground
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
PCM_E PCM highway receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway transmit direction
PE Write protection enable for EEPROM
PUKZU Positive secondary voltage +48 V/+60 V
RD Read
SYN_E Synchronous pulse receive direction
SYN_S Synchronous pulse transmit direction
WR Write
+5 V Positive secondary voltage +5 V
−5 V Negative secondary voltage −5 V

3.8.3 Technical Data


The freely programmable interface parameters of the unit make it possible to configure
many project-specific features and implement special requirements on request.

3.8.3.1 VF Parameters as Defined by ITU-T Q.552


Characteristic impedance (configurable)
resistive 600 Ω
900 Ω
complex 220 Ω + (820 Ω || 115 nF)
Input level range (A/D) −3.0 dBr to +5.0 dBr
Output level range (D/A) −8.0 dBr to +0.0 dBr
Level setting in 0.5 dB steps

3.8.3.2 Signal Parameters


The specified signaling parameters are factory default settings. The majority of the pa-
rameters can be adapted to suit the project.

a/b wire polarity with power supply and ringing


normal polarity (with a negative in relation to b,
both negative in relation to ground) a− (RinG)/b+ (TIP)
reversed polarity a+/b−
Feed current for a+/b− or a−/b+ with constant current
feed
Rated current 25 mA ±2 mA
Port 1 and port 2 switchable for Iconst 33 mA ±2 mA

184 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Idle current ≤ 2 mA
Port 1 and port 2 switchable for Iidle ≤ 6 mA
It should be noted, that with Iconst < 25 mA, the impedance supply range is attained later
and, with Iconst > 25 mA, it is attained earlier!

Monitoring for unnecessary loop closure


Supply impedance per wire > 5 kΩ
Call injection performance-dependent
No-load voltage Uab for termination with ringer
impedance without direct current ≥ −MUKZU
Max. loop resistance (including network termination) ≤ 1800 Ω
Mean loop resistance (including network termination) ≤ 920 Ω
Call charge pulses
Frequency (adjustable via the OS) 12 kHz ±1%
16 kHz ±1%
Level
on the MDF at 200 Ω 2.0 Vrms ±0.4 Vrms
at the subscriber at ≥ 200 Ω (2 Vrms) ≥ 60 mVrms
at the subscriber at ≥ 200 Ω (5 Vrms, only -A1) ≥ 140 mVrms
line loss at 12 kHz or 16 kHz
(with 5 km line length and 6 dB/km) ≤ 30 dB
Pulse length and min. pulse interval specified by exchange
Distortion factor ≤ 5%
Ringing voltage (single-channel feed)
Frequency 25 Hz ±5 Hz or
Nominal voltage at the output on the a and b wires at
ringing load of Z ≥ 8.31 kΩ [≥ (3.6 kΩ + 850 nF)]
at ≤ −36 V 48 Vrms
at ≤ −43 V 53 Vrms
at ≤ −54 V 60 Vrms
Voltage at a’ and b’ wires with a ringing load
Z ≥ 2.078 kΩ (≤ 4 × [≥ (3.6 kW + 850 nF)])
(at the subscriber with a line resistance of 1500 Ω)
UB ≤ −36 V ≥ 31 Vrms
UB ≤ −43 V ≥ 35 Vrms
Max. ringing voltage ≤ 85 Vrms
Distortion factor < 10%
Ringing sequence 1 s ring, 4 s pause
Ring tripping time
Delay during disconnection of the ringing voltage
after removal of the handset by the subscriber ≤ 160 rms
until detection of off-hook ≤ 80 rms
until disconnection of the call ≤ 80 rms

3.8.3.3 Foreign Potentials


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor user lines is implemented in 2 stag-
es within the entire system. A 420 V gas tube arrestor must be installed directly preced-
ing the line card.
For further information see Section 1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.
Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Outdoor Signal Lines

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 185
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.8.3.4 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V/−60 V
+5 V, −5 V ±5%
Current consumption for 10 channels in case of ready
for seizure
+5 V 150 mA
−5 V 10 mA
Typical power dissipation at 0.5 Erl < 4.5 W

186 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.9 SLX102 and SLX102E Subscriber Converters

3.9.1 Overview
Within a digital link, the SLX102/E subscriber converter, an analog line card for ten chan-
nels with a/b interface, connects conventional analog subscriber telephones or exten-
sion telephones to analog exchange or to an analog subscriber access of digital
exchange. The grounding key function is transmitted for use in PABXs.
External interfaces Internal interfaces

a1 SLX102/E PCM highway


F2
b1
LC bus
...
...

−5 V
a10 +5 V
F2 −48 V/−60 V
b10

The SLX102/E has the following functions:


• Implementation of the electrical subscriber interface on the network side,
• Control of the sequence of call processing operations.
The SLX102/E is equipped with the following interfaces:
• F2 interface (network interface)
The F2 interface is a two-wire interface which is used for transmission of the VF and
the signaling information.
• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
SLX102/E.
• Power supply.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 187
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.9.2 Connector Assignment

Connector 16 Connector 15

Row Row
16 No. No.
a C B A C B A
1
1 SB_a1 1

5 2 SB_b1 2 GND PUKZU

3 SB_a2 3
10 4 SB_b2 4 MUKZU

5 5
15 6 6 PE
7 SB_a3 7
20
8 SB_b3 8

9 9
25
10 10

11 SB_a4 11
30
12 SB_b4 12
13 SB_a5 13

14 SB_b5 14

15 15

16 16

17 17

18 18 AD5 AD6 AD7

19 SB_a6 19
15
c b a 20 SB_b6 20 AD2 AD3 AD4
1
21 21
5 22 22 ALE AD0 AD1

23 SB_a7 23
10 24 SB_b7 24 RD WR CS
25 SB_a8 25
15
26 SB_b8 26 PCM_E SYN_E ADR3

27 27
20
28 28 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2

29 SB_a9 29
25
30 SB_b9 30 PCM_S SYN_S CLK_4M

31 SB_a10 31
30
32 SB_b10 32 GND P5 V M5 V

Fig. 3.60 Connector Assignment of the SLX102/E

188 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address and data bus bit 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Address of plug-in place 0 to 15 for LC
ALE Address latch enable
CLK_4M 4-MHz system clock PCM highway
CS Chip select
GND Internal ground
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
PCM_E PCM highway receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway transmit direction
PE Write protection enable for EEPROM
PUKZU Positive secondary voltage +48 V/+60 V
RD Read
SYN_E Synchronous pulse receive direction
SYN_S Synchronous pulse transmit direction
SB_a1 to 10 Data signals a1 to a10
SB_b1 to 10 Data signals b1 to b10
WR Write

3.9.3 Technical Data

3.9.3.1 VF Parameters as Defined by ITU-T Q.552


Characteristic impedance (complex) 220 Ω + (820 Ω || 115 nF)1)
Input level range (A/D) −7.0 dBr to +1.0 dBr
Output level range (D/A) −8.0 dBr to +0 dBr
Level setting in 0.5 dB steps

3.9.3.2 Signal Parameters


Polarity detection for a/b wires
normal polarity (with a negative in relation to b,
both negative in relation to ground) a− (RinG)/b+ (TIP)
reversed polarity a+/b−
Loop current IS for a+/b− or a−/b+ with const. current 25 mA ±4 mA
Loop resistance (off-hook) 200 Ω ≤ RS ≤ 850 Ω
Loop resistance (on-hook)
with a−/b+ ≥ 500 kΩ
with a+/b− ≥ 100 kΩ
Line resistance per wire ≤ 100 Ω
Leakage resistance, wire to ground ≥ 1 MΩ
Nominal operating current for loop detection ≥ 12 mA
Operating current for unnecessary loop closure 0.5 mA ≤ Iin ≤ 2.5 mA

1) only for S42024-A1809-C11, for plug-in unit variants see Tab. 3.60

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 189
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Ringing detector voltage range 35 Vrms to 100 Vrms


superimposed direct current ≤ 40 V⏐
resultant additive peak voltage ≤ 180 V
with 50 ms off-hook detection delay in the exchange
and a min. ring feeding resistance of 2 × 150 Ω
superimposed direct current ≤ 70 V⏐
resultant additive peak voltage ≤ 210 V
Ringing detector frequency 25 Hz/50 Hz ±20%
Range due to software change 15 Hz to 65 Hz
Load on the ringing voltage source 40 Ω +1.36 μF (Z = 4.7 kΩ)1)
Call charge pulse frequency 16 kHz ±80 Hz1)
Operate level, call charge pulses
at f = 15.920 kHz to 16.080 kHz ≥ 1 Vrms
Non-operate level, call charge pulses
at f = 15.920 kHz to 16.080 kHz ≤ 0.5 Vrms
at f ≤ 13.5 kHz and f ≥ 20.5 kHz ≤ 2 Vrms
Characteristic impedance at 16 kHz (12 kHz) high impedance
Max. call charge pulse level 10 Vrms

Variant of plug-in Call charge Impedance Load on the


unit pulse frequency ringing voltage source

S42024-A1809-C11 16 kHz 220 Ω + (820 Ω II 115 nF) 40 Ω + 1,36 μF (Z = 4,7 kΩ)


S42024-A1809-A12 12 kHz 220 Ω + (820 Ω II 115 nF) 40 Ω + 1,36 μF (Z = 4,7 kΩ)

S42024-A1809-A13 16 kHz 600 Ω 40 Ω + 2,18 μF (Z = 2,9 kΩ)

S42024-A1809-A14 12 kHz 600 Ω 40 Ω + 2,18 μF (Z = 2,9 kΩ)

Tab. 3.60 SLX102/E Plug-in Unit Variants

3.9.3.3 Foreign Potential Protection


Classification for foreign potential protection according EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003)
Level Indoor Signal Lines

3.9.3.4 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V/−60 V
+5 V ±5%, −5 V ±5%
Current consumption for 10 channels at
−48 V/−60 V 2 mA
+5 V 200 mA
−5 V 50 mA
Typical power dissipation at 0.5 Erl <4W

1) only for S42024-A1809-C11, for variants of the plug-in unit see Tab. 3.60

190 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.10 SLB62 Subscriber Converter

3.10.1 Overview
The SLB62 (2-wire LB) line card is used as a signal converter in the FMX2R3.2 multi-
plexer. It connects analog subscribers with a local battery power supply to the transmis-
sion network.
The units for 6 independent interfaces are mounted on the line card; these units process
the VF signal and the transmission signals (call transmit, call receive).
The SLB62 performs the following functions:
• Implementation of the electrical subscriber interfaces
• Control of call processing operations.
External interfaces Internal interfaces

SLB62
PCM highway

a1
F2
b1
LC bus
...
...

a6
F2 +5 V
b6
−5 V
−48 V/−60 V

The SLB62 is equipped with the following interfaces:


• F2 interface (subscriber interface)
The F2 interface is a two-wire interface which is used for transmission of the VF and
signaling information.
• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
SLB62.
• Power supply.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 191
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.10.2 Controls
The control elements on the SLB62 are used to realize the particular application and the
associated hardware configuration of the unit.
Switch 849

Setting Meaning Delivery


state

16 1-3 Ringing voltage with offset x

2-3 Ringing voltage without offset


12

849
3

(connects additionally
coupling capacitor)

15

Fig. 3.61 Controls of the SLB62

3.10.3 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling


On the basis of the alarm criteria listed in Tab. 3.61, SISA messages conforming to the
QD2 specification are generated and remedial action is taken.
All the alarm criteria result in non-urgent alarms (B-alarm).

Alarm criterion Remedial action Message

Maintenance mode/loop NF activated, power on or test loop SER

Port of remote module not present Signaling converter of remote module not available SNP
Internal hardware fault Hardware is not according to transparent call mode inT-A

Tab. 3.61 Table of Alarms of the SLB62

192 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.10.4 Connector Assignments


16
a External connector 16 Internal connector 15
1
No. c b a No. c b a

5 1 a1 1
2 b1 2 MKZU GND
10 7 a2 3
8 b2 4 UKZU
15
9 9
10 10 PB1
20
11 a3 11
12 b3 12 PB0
25
17 17
18 18 AD7 AD6 AD5
30
19 a4 19

15 20 b4 20 AD4 AD3 AD2

c b a 1 21 21
2 22 22 AD1 AD0 ALE
23 23
24 24 /CS /WR /RD
10 25 a5 25
26 b5 26 ADR3 T8K-E PCM-E
7 27 27
28 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0
9
20 29 29
30 30 T4M T8K-S PCM-S
31 a6 31
32 b6 32 −5 V +5 V GND
30

16
Code part: Leading contacts
representation of the
missing code elements

Fig. 3.62 Connector Assignment of the SLB62

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 193
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address- and data bus lines


ADR0 to ADR3 Address lines to plug-in places
ALE Address latch enable
a1 to a6 A wire channel 1 to 6
b1 to b6 B wire channel 1 to 6
/CS Chip select
GND Internal ground
MKZU KZU ground
PCM_E PCM highway; receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway; transmit direction
/RD Read
UKZU Fused primary voltage (-60 V)
T4M 4-MHz system clock PCM highway (CUA - LC)
T8K-E Synchronous pulse; receive direction
T8K-S Synchronous pulse; transmit direction
/WR Write

3.10.5 Technical Data

3.10.5.1 VF Wires (Conforming to Q.552)


Input level (at 600 Ω in sequence to 2.2 μF) +3 dBr to −6 dBr1)
Output level (at 600 Ω in sequence to 2.2 μF) 0 dBr to −9 dBr1)
Stages of adjustment 0.1 dB
Characteristic resistance, in sequence to 2.2 μF 600 Ω1)

3.10.5.2 Signal Parameters


Ringing detection voltage range 14 Vrms to 90 Vrms
Frequency range 15 Hz to 65 Hz

3.10.5.3 Ringing Voltage


Call injection via 2 × 400 Ω
Ringing frequency 25 Hz ±10%1)
Maximum load on the ringing voltage source ≥ 3 kΩ
Ringing generator voltage at maximum load ≥ 35 Vrms
Distortion factor < 20%

1) Level exceeding the specified tolerances is available on request.

194 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.10.5.4 Foreign Potential Protection


Induced longitudinal voltage Urms
(f = 16 2/3 Hz to 60 Hz) ≤ 65 V
Briefly-induced longitudinal voltage Urms
(for T ≤ 200 ms, f = 16 2/3 Hz to 60 Hz) ≤ 300 V
Atmospheric discharge U
Wire to ground ≤ 1 kV
Pulse shape 10 μs/700 μs
Contact time with mains voltage
(U = 220 V / f = 50 Hz (60 Hz)) 15 min

3.10.5.5 Current Consumption and Power Dissipation


Current consumption
+5 V ≤ 170 mA
−5 V ≤ 70 mA
UKZU −48 V ≤ 50 mA
UKZU −60 V ≤ 40 mA
Power dissipation at −60 V
six channels in the stable call state ≤ 1.4 W
channel transmits ringing voltage ≤ 3.8 W
channels receive call ≤ 3.5 W

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 195
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.11 UAC68 Universal Analog Line Card

3.11.1 Overview
Universal analog line card UAC68 for six channels is used if the FMX2R3 multiplexer is
to provide either analog 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces with signaling (E&M operation) or
without signaling (analog leased lines). With the leased line functionality, the unit can
also be employed in the access line multiplexer AMXC. The operating modes can be
configured using SISA control. Each line card port can be set individually to operate with
or without signaling.
The UAC68 allows constant signal throughput times. 32-kbit/s ADPCM coding based on
ITU-T G.726 can be performed for individual channels.

E&M mode
E&M mode is used if voice frequency as well as signaling transmission using E&M sig-
naling is to be undertaken on a transmission link. In this mode, in addition to the 2-wire
or 4-wire interface, the converter provides a 4-wire signaling interface for each channel.
The signals are transmitted transparently using channel-associated signaling CAS
(KDU function). Signaling is carried out for ADPCM operation in accordance with ITU-T
G.761.
For each system, a maximum of 60 E&M channels are permitted in each direction for a
signal wire and a maximum of 30 E&M channels in each direction for two signal wires.

Leased lines
Leased line operation is used in a digital transmission link for a service-neutral, trans-
parent point-to-point transmission of information, if analog terminals without signaling
(e.g. modems without outband, dc and dc impulse signaling) are connected to each oth-
er permanently.
In this mode of operation, the converter provides the 2-wire or 4-wire voice-frequency
interfaces needed for connection to analog terminals.

The UAC68 line card implements the following functions:


• Electrical properties for terminating the analog voice-frequency interfaces (F2) and
the signaling interfaces (S2)
• Nesting the each of the voice-frequency channels in a PCM transmission channel
• Transparent through connection for signals during E&M operation
The through connection can also be the other way around.
• 1+1 protection switching for 64-kbit transmission channels
A protection path cannot be set up if ADPCM is used.
• Implementation of test functions during service operation
The following functions are listed for each subscriber interface:
• Coding/decoding the voice-frequency signals using filtration
• Compressing the voice-frequency signals to 32 kbit/s during ADPCM operation
• 2/4-wire conversion (splitting) during 2-wire operation
• Sending signaling codes at S2out (ground potential active, high-impedance inactive)
• Receiving signaling codes at S2in (ground potential active, high-imped. inactive)
• Protection against overvoltage (ITU-T K.20 with external coarse protection).

196 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

External interfaces Internal interfaces

F2/11) a1 UAC68
F2out12) PCM highway
b1
a1
F2in12)
b1
LC bus
S21in1
S21out1
S22in1
S22out1
...

...
F2/61) a6
F2out62) b6

F2in62) a6
b6
+5 V
S21in6
S21out6 −5 V

S22in6 −48 V/−60 V


S22out6

1) 2-wire interface, description on the F2out connector


2) 4-wire interface

The UAC68 has the following interfaces:


• F2 interface:
The F2 interface is a 2-wire interface (F2) or
4-wire interface (F2in, F2out), via which voice-frequency signals are transmitted.
• S21 and S22 interface:
The switching flags are transmitted via the S21 and S22 signaling leads, see
Fig. 3.63 for the Sin internal interface circuit.
• Internal interfaces:
The PCM highway and LC bus form an interface between the central unit and the
UAC68.
• Power supply.

60 k

S2in

20 k

−48 V/−60 V

Fig. 3.63 Internal Sin Interface Circuit

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 197
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Channel protection
Channel protection is possible for the UAC68 at the 64-kbit/s time slots level.
This protection involves sending voice-frequency signals via a number of time slots. If a
transmission link fails, this situation is detected by the UAC68 which reports it to the op-
eration system and switches over to the redundant time slots.

3.11.2 Diagnosis
The UAC68 converter provides additional functionalities for testing the analog interfaces
and these can be activated using SISA control:
• Connecting a 1000-Hz search tone in the transmit direction (D/A)
• Activating or deactivating both output circuits (S21out, S22out).

3.11.3 Connector Assignment

No. a b c

1 GND

2 GND GND
4 MUKZU_1

5 GND GND

6 PWE

10 PB1 PB2 PB3

11

12 PB0

13 GND
17 GND GND GND

18 AD5 AD6 AD7

20 AD2 AD3 AD4

21 GND GND GND

22 ALE AD0 AD1

23 GND GND GND

24 NRW NRW NCS

25 GND GND GND

26 PCM_E1 SYN_E1 ADR3


27 GND GND GND

28 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2

29 PCM_E2 SYN_E2

30 PCM_S1 SYN_S1 CLK_4M

31 GND PCM_S2

32 GND P5V M5V

Tab. 3.62 System Connector of the UAC68 (Internal Interface)

198 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

No. a b c

1 F2in_a1 F2in_a4

2 F2in_b1 F2in_b4

3 F2out_a1 F2out_a4

4 F2out_b1 F2out_b4
5

7 F2in_a2 S21in_6

8 F2in_b2 S22in_6

9 F2in_a5

10 F2in_b5
11 F2out_a2

12 F2out_b2

13 F2in_a3 F2out_a5

14 F2in_b3 F2out_b5

15 S21in_3 S21out_6

16 S22in_3 S22out_6
17 S21out_3 F2in_a6

18 S22out_3 F2in_b6

19 F2out_a3 F2out_a6

20 F2out_b3 F2out_b6
21

22

23 S21in_1 S21in_4
24 S22in_1 S22in_4

25 S21out_1 S21out_4

26 S22out_1 S22out_4
27

28

29 S21in_2 S21in_5

30 S22in_2 S22in_5

31 S21out_2 S21out_5

32 S22out_2 S22out_5

Tab. 3.63 Exchange Connector of the UAC68 (External Interface)

System processor bus:


• Interface signals: AD0 to AD7, NCS, NDR, NWR, ALE
Slot address:
• ADR0 to ADR3
System PCM bus 1:
• interface signals: PCM_S1, PCM_E1, SYN_S, SYN_E1, CLK_4M

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 199
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

System PCM bus 2:


• Interface signals: PCM_S2, PCM_E2, SYN_E2
System bus operating voltages:
• Interface signals: GND, P5V, M5V, MUKZU_1

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address bus bits 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Slot address pins
ALE “Address Latch Enable” system processor bus line
CLK_4M 4-MHz system clock
F2out_a1 to Interface analog 1 to 6, a wire, transmission direction
F2out_a6
F2out_b1 to Interface analog 1 to 6, b wire, transmission direction
F2out_b6
F2in_a1 to Interface analog 1 to 6, a wire, receive direction
F2in_a6
F2in_b1 to Interface analog 1 to 6, b wire, receive direction
F2in_b6
GND Internal chassis ground
M5V Negative secondary voltage −5 V
MUKZU_1 −48 V negative secondary voltage
NCS “Chip select” system processor bus line
NWR “Write” system processor bus line
PCM_E_1 PCM highway (4 Mbit/s) receiving end (from line card direction)
PCM_E_2 PCM highway (4 Mbit/s) receiving end (from line card direction)
PCM_S_1 PCM highway (4 Mbit/s) transmission end (from line card direction)
PCM_S_2 PCM highway (4 Mbit/s) frame relay highway transmission end
(from line card direction)
P5V Positive secondary voltage +5
PWE Test position signal
SYN_E_1 Frame synchronization signal for PCM_E1
SYN_E_2 Frame synchronization signal for PCM_E2 frame relay highway
SYN_S_1

200 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.11.4 Technical Data

3.11.4.1 2-wire VF Interface


The interface is designed in accordance with G.712.
The input level and output level are configurable in 0.5-dB steps.
Input level at F2 −8 dBr to +10 dBr
Output level at F2 −16 dBr to + 4 dBr
Resistance 600 Ω /900 Ω
Return loss at
300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 12 dB
600 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 15 dB
Symmetry loss at
300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 40 dB
600 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB
Splitting resistance (Z value of F2 interface) 600 Ω real
900 Ω real
600 Ω with 2.16 μF in series
900 Ω with 2.16 μF in series
Coding specifications A law

3.11.4.2 4-wire VF Interface


The interface is designed in accordance with ITU-T G.712 and ETS 300453.
The input level and output level are configurable in 0.5-dB steps.
Input level at F2 −17 dBr to +4 dBr
Output level at F2 −14 dBr to +9 dBr
Resistance 600 Ω
Return loss at 300 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 20 dB
Symmetry loss at
300 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB
Coding specifications A law

3.11.4.3 Signal Wires


Line resistance ≤ 400 Ω
Permissible leakage resistance (wire-wire, wire-ground) ≥ 20 kΩ
Line capacitance ≤ 0.3 μF
Number of signaling inputs (S21in, S22in) per telephony
circuit (M) 2
Number of signaling outputs (S21out, S22out) per tele-
phony circuit (E) 2
Electronic output circuit (E)
Load circuit typically 1 kΩ, 4 H
perm. switch current ≤ 100 mA
perm. switch voltage +30 V to −75 V

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 201
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Limiting of relay switching peaks ≤ 120 V


Code active Ground potential
Rated current 60 mA
Residual current at 20 mA ≤ 0.5 V
Residual current at 85 mA ≤2V
Code inactive high resistance
Residual current ≤ 0.3 mA
Electronic input circuit (M)
Signaling
active Ground potential
inactive high resistance
Permitted input voltage on activation 0 V to −12 V
Permitted input voltage in high resistance state
(signaling inactive) 0 V to −15 V
Signal distortion
(S21in to E1out without influence of line) ≤ 5 ms

3.11.4.4 Foreign Potential Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor user lines is implemented in 2 stag-
es within the entire system. A 420 V gas tube arrestor must be installed directly preced-
ing the line card.
For further information see Section 1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.
Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Outdoor Signal Lines

3.11.4.5 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V/−60 V, +5 V, −5 V
Power consumption for 6 channels
−48 V/−60 V
all Sin high-resistance ≤ 10 mA
one Sin per channel active ≤ 28 mA
+5 V ≤ 500 mA
−5 V ≤ 100 mA
Typical power dissipation,
all Sin high resistance ≤ 3.6 W
one Sin per channel active ≤ 4.7 W

202 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.12 SEM106C E&M Converter

3.12.1 Overview
The SEM106C line card is used in the multiplexer for connection to exchange and trans-
mission equipment which operates with E&M signaling. The line card incorporates units
for ten interfaces which process VF signals in two-wire operation. It also features two
outgoing and two incoming transparent signal channels for each VF interface.
External Internal
interfaces interfaces

F2a1
F2b1 PCM highway

S21in1
S21out1 LC bus
S22in1
S22out1
...

...

F2a10
F2b10

S21in10
S21out10
+5 V
S22in10
−5 V
S22out10
−48 V/−60 V
SEM106C

The SEM106C is equipped with the following interfaces:


• F2 interface
The F2 interface is a two-wire interface which is used for transmission of the VF in-
formation.
• S21 and S22 interface
The call processing codes are transmitted via the S21 and S22 signaling wires,
internal interface circuit of S2in see Fig. 3.64
• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
SEM106C.
• Power supply.

60 k

S2in

20 k

−48 V/ −60 V

Fig. 3.64 Internal Interface Circuit of S2in

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 203
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.12.2 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling


On the basis of the alarm criteria listed in Tab. 3.64, a SISA message conforming to the
QD2 Specification is generated and remedial action is taken.
The alarm criteria result in a non-urgent alarm (B-alarm).

Alarm criterion Remedial action Message

Test mode//loop NF activated, power on or test loop SER

Tab. 3.64 Table of Alarms for the SEM106C

3.12.3 Tests
The following options are available for testing the signal path of the NF signals:
• insert an analog loop from E1an to E1ab
• insert a test tone at F2ab.

204 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.12.4 Connector Assignment


16
c b a External connector 16 Internal connector 15
1
No. c b a No. c b a
5 1 S21out_1 F2out_a1 1 GND

2 S22out_1 F2out_b1 2 GND GND


10
3 F2out_a2 3

4 F2out_b2 4 MUKZU
15
5 S21in_2 S21out_2 S21in_1 5 GND-S GND-S

6 S22in_2 S22out_2 S22in_1 6 PWE


20
7 S21out_3 F2out_a3 7
8 S22out_3 F2out_b3 8
25
9 S21out_4 9

30 10 S22out_4 10 PB1

11 S21in_4 S21out_5 F2out_a4 11

15 12 S22in_4 S22out_5 F2out_b4 12 PB0


c b a 1
13 S21out_6 F2out_a5 13 GND-S
1
14 S22out_6 F2out_b5 14
5
15 S21in_6 S21in_3 15

16 S22in_6 S22in_3 16
10
17 S21out_7 S21in_5 17 GND GND GND

18 S22out_7 S22in_5 18 AD7 AD6 AD5


15 7
19 F2out_a6 19

9 20 F2out_b6 20 AD4 AD3 AD2


20
21 S21in_8 S21out_8 S21in_7 21 GND GND GND
Code part
display 22 S22in_8 S22out_8 S22in_7 22 AD1 AD0 ALE
25
of missing
code elements 23 F2out_a7 23 GND GND GND

30 24 F2out_b7 24 NCS NWR NRD

25 F2out_a8 25 GND GND GND


16
26 F2out_b8 26 ADR3 SYN_E1 PCM-E1

27 S21in_10 S21out_9 S21in_9 27 GND GND GND

28 S22in_10 S22out_9 S22in_9 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0

29 F2out_a9 29

30 F2out_b9 30 CLK_4M SYN-S PCM-S1

31 S21out_10 F2out_a10 31 GND

32 S22out_10 F2out_b10 32 −5 V +5 V GND

Fig. 3.65 Connector Assignment of the SEM106C

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 205
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address- and data bus lines


ADR0 to ADR3 Address lines to plug-in places
ALE Address latch enable
F2_a1 to F2_a10 Analog interface 1 to 10, a wire
F2_b1 to F2_b10 Analog interface 1 to 10, b wire
GND Internal ground
MUKZU Negative secondary voltage −48 V/−60 V
PCM_E PCM highway; receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway; transmit direction
S21out (no.) Signal wire 1, outgoing, channel (no.)
S21in (no.) Signal wire 1, incoming, channel (no.)
S22out (no.) Signal wire 2, outgoing, channel (no.)
S22in (no.) Signal wire 2, incoming, channel (no.)
T4M Clock 4.096 MHz
T8K-E Frame clock; receive direction
T8K-S Frame clock; transmit direction
UKZU Fused primary voltage (−48 V/−60 V)
/CS Chip select
/RD Read
/WR Write

3.12.5 Technical Data

3.12.5.1 2-Wires VF Interface


The interface complies with G.712.
The input levels and output levels are adjustable in 0.1 dB increments.
Input level at F2 at 600 Ω −6 dBr to +10 dBr
Input level at F2 at 900 Ω −10 dBr to + 8 dBr
Output level at F2 at 600 Ω −16 dBr to + 4 dBr
Output level at F2 at 900 Ω −16 dBr to + 2 dBr
Resistance 600 Ω/900 Ω
Reflection attenuation at
300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 12 dB
600 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 15 dB
Longitudinal balance at
300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 40 dB
600 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB
Hook resistance (configurable) 600 Ω real
900 Ω real
600 Ω with 2.2 mF in sequence
900 Ω with 2.2 mF in sequence

206 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.12.5.2 Signal Wires


Line resistance ≤ 400 Ω
Line capacity ≤ 0.3 mF
Number of signaling inputs (S21in, S22in) per
telephone circuit (M) 2
Number of signaling outputs (S21out, S22out) per
telephone circuit (E) 2
Electronic output circuit (E)
Load circuit typical: 1 kΩ, 4 H
Permissible switching current max. 85 mA
Permissible switching voltage −75 V to +36 V
Nominal current 60 mA
Residual voltage at 20 mA ≤ 0.8 V
Residual voltage at 85 mA ≤2V
Residual current ≤ 0.3 mA
Limitation on relay breaking peaks ≤ 200 V
Electronic input circuit (M)
signaling ground potential (active) or
high impedance (inactive)
permissible input voltage at activation −12 V bis 0 V
signal distortion
(S21in to E1out without influence by the line) ≤ 3 ms

3.12.5.3 Foreign Potential Protection


Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Indoor Signal Lines

3.12.5.4 Power Supply


Operating voltages −48 V/−60 V, +5 V, −5 V
Current drain for 10 channels at
−60 V, high impedance for all S2in 15 mA
−60 V, all S2in active 60 mA
+5 V, at maximum load 205 mA
−5 V, at maximum load 95 mA
Maximum power dissipation for −60 V and ±5 V,
at maximum load 5W

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 207
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.13 SEM108HC E&M Converter

3.13.1 Overview
The SEM108HC line card is used in the multiplexer for connection to exchange and
transmission equipment which operates with E&M signaling. The line card incorporates
units for 10 interfaces each which process VF signals in four-wire operation and which
are equipped with two outgoing and two incoming transparent signal channels.
External Internal
interfaces interfaces
F2ina1
F2inb1
PCM highway
F2outa1
F2outb1
S21in1 LC bus
S21out1
S22in1
S22out1
...

...

F2ina10
F2inb10
F2outa10
F2outb10
S21in10
+5 V
S21out10
−5 V
S22in10
S22out10 −48 V/−60 V
SEM108HC

The SEM108HC is equipped with the following interfaces:


• F2 interface
The F2 interface is a four-wire interface which is used for transmission of the VF in-
formation.
• S21 and S22 interface
The call processing codes are transmitted via the S21 and S22 signaling wires, in-
ternal interface circuit see Fig. 3.66.
• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
SEM108HC.
• Power supply.

60 k

S2in

20 k

−48 V/ −60 V

Fig. 3.66 Internal Interface Circuit of S2in

208 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.13.2 Monitoring and Alarm Signaling


On the basis of the alarm criteria listed in Tab. 3.65, a SISA message conforming to the
QD2 Specification is generated and remedial action is taken. The alarm criteria result in
a non-urgent alarm (B-alarm).

Alarm criterion Remedial action Message

Test mode//loop NF activated, power on or test loop SER

Tab. 3.65 Table of Alarms for the SEM108HC

3.13.3 Tests
The following options are available for testing the signal path of the NF signals:
• insert an analog loop from E1in to E1out
• insert a test tone at F2out.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 209
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.13.4 Connector Assignment


16
c b a External Connector 16 Internal connector 15
1
No. c b a No. c b a
5 1 F2in_a1 S21out_1 F2out_a1 1 GND

2 F2in_b1 S22out_1 F2out_b1 2 GND GND


10
3 F2in_a2 F2out_a2 3

4 F2in_b2 F2out_b2 4 MUKZU


15
5 S21in_2 S21out_2 S21in_1 5 GND_S GND_S

6 S22in_2 S22out_2 S22in_1 6 PWE


20
7 S21out_3 F2out_a3 7
8 S22out_3 F2out_b3 8 PB5 PB4
25
9 F2in_a3 S21out_4 9

30 10 F2in_b3 S22out_4 10 PB1

11 S21in_4 S21out_5 F2out_a4 11

15 12 S22in_4 S22out_5 F2out_b4 12 PB0


c b a 1
13 F2in_a4 S21out_6 F2out_a5 13 GND_S
1
14 F2in_b4 S22out_6 F2out_b5 14
5 15 S21in_6 S21in_3 15

16 S22in_6 S22in_3 16
10
17 F2in_a5 S21out_7 S21in_5 17 GND GND GND

18 F2in_b5 S22out_7 S22in_5 18 AD7 AD6 AD5


15 7
19 F2in_a6 F2out_a6 19

9 20 F2in_b6 F2out_b6 20 AD4 AD3 AD2


20
21 S21in_8 S21out_8 S21in_7 21 GND GND GND
Codierteil:
Darstellung 22 S22in_8 S22out_8 S22in_7 22 AD1 AD0 ALE
25
fehlender
Codierelemente 23 F2in_a7 F2out_a7 23 GND GND GND

30 24 F2in_b7 F2out_b7 24 NCS NWR NRD

25 F2in_a8 F2out_a8 25 GND GND GND


16
26 F2in_b8 F2out_b8 26 ADR3 SYN_E1 PCM-E1
27 S21in_10 S21out_9 S21in_9 27 GND GND GND

28 S22in_10 S22out_9 S22in_9 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0

29 F2in_a9 F2out_a9 29

30 F2in_b9 F2out_b9 30 CLK_4M SYN_S PCM-S1

31 F2in_a10 S21out_10 F2out_a10 31 GND

32 F2in_b10 S22out_10 F2out_b10 32 −5 V +5 V GND

Fig. 3.67 Connector Assignment SEM108HC

210 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.13.5 Signal Abbreviations


AD0 to AD7 Address- and data bus lines
ADR0 to ADR3 Address lines to plug-in places
ALE Address latch enable
F2outa1 to F2outa10 4wire signal outgoing, a wire; channels 1 to 10
F2outb1 to F2outb10 4wire signal outgoing, b wire; channels 1 to 10
F2ina1 to F2ina10 4wire signal coming, a wire; channels 1 to 10
F2inb1 to F2inb10 4wire signal coming, b wire; channels 1 to 10
GND Internal ground
MKZU Switching ground
PCM_E PCM highway; receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway; transmit direction
S21out1 to S21out10 Signal wire 1, outgoing; channels 1 to 10
S21in1 to S21in10 Signal wire 1, coming; channels 1 to 10
S22out1 to S22out10 Signal wire 2, outgoing; channels 1 to 10
S22in to S22in10 Signal wire 2, coming; channels 1 to 10
T4M Basic clock 4.096 MHz
T8K-E Frame clock; receive direction
T8K-S Frame clock; transmit direction
UKZU Fused primary voltage (-48 V/-60 V)
/CS Chip select
/RD Read
/WR Write
+5 V Positive secondary voltage
-5 V Negative secondary voltage

3.13.6 Technical Data

3.13.6.1 4-Wires VF Interface


The interface complies with ITU-T G.712.
Output level at F2out
SEM108HC –17.0 dBr to +8.3 dBr
Input level at F2in
SEM108HC −15.0 dBr to +9.0 dBr
All levels are adjustable in 0.1 dB increments.
Characteristic resistance 600 Ω real
Reflection attenuation at 300 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 20 dB
Longitudinal balance at
300 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 211
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.13.6.2 Signal Wires


conforming to SEM106C, see Section 3.12.5.2

3.13.6.3 Foreign Potential Protection


conforming to SEM106C, see Section 3.12.5.3

3.13.6.4 Power Supply


conforming to SEM106C, see Section 3.12.5.4

212 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.14 Analog Leased Line LLA102/104C

3.14.1 Overview
The analog leased line unit LLA102/104C is employed for up to 10 fixed analog connec-
tions within digital transmission links for service-independent, transparent, point-to-point
transmission of information via the multiplexer. These channels can be operated with
2-or 4-wire interfaces.
The LLA102/104C has the following interfaces:
• F2 interface:
The F2 interface is a two-wire or four-wire interface for transmitting VF signals.
• Internal interfaces:
PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the CUD and the
LLA102/104C.
• Power supply.
External interfaces Internal interfaces

a1 LLA102/104C
b1 PCM highway
.. ..
F21) . .
a10
b10 LC bus

a1
b1
.. ..
F2out2) . .
a10
b10
a1
b1 −5 V
.. ..
F2in2) . . +5 V
a10
1) Two-wire version
b10
2) Four-wire version

3.14.2 Supervision and Alarm Signaling


For certain alarm criteria SISA messages are generated as per QD2 specification and
consequential action is performed, see Maintenance Manual MMN.
All alarm criteria result in a non-urgent alarm (B-alarm). In addition a local loop can be
set on a digital-digital basis for VF measurements.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 213
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.14.3 Connector Assignment

External Connector 16 Internal Connector 15


16
c b a Row Row
1 No. No.
C B A C B A
5 1 F2in_a1 F2out_a1 1 GND
2 F2in_b1 F2out_b1 2 GND GND
10
3 F2in_a2 F2out_a2 3
4 F2in_b2 F2out_b2 4
15
5 5 GND_S GND_S
6 6 PWE
20
7 F2out_a3 7
8 F2out_b3 8
25
9 F2in_a3 9

30 10 F2in_b3 10
11 F2out_a4 11
12 F2out_b4 12
13 F2in_a4 F2out_a5 13 GND_S
14 F2in_b4 F2out_b5 14
15 15
16 16
17 F2in_a5 17 GND GND GND
18 F2in_b5 18 AD7 AD6 AD5

15 19 F2in_a6 F2out_a6 19
c b a
20 F2in_b6 F2out_b6 20 AD4 AD3 AD2
2
21 21 GND GND GND
22 22 AD1 AD0 ALE
23 F2in_a7 F2out_a7 23 GND GND GND
10
24 F2in_b7 F2out_b7 24 NCS NWR NRD
25 F2in_a8 F2out_a8 25 GND GND GND
26 F2in_b8 F2out_b8 26 ADR3 SYN_E1 PCM_E1
27 27 GND GND GND
20
28 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0
29 F2in_a9 F2out_a9 29
30 F2in_b9 F2out_b9 30 CLK_4M SYN_S PCM_S1

30 31 F2in_a10 F2out_a10 31 GND


32 F2in_b10 F2out_b10 32 −5 V +5 V GND

Fig. 3.68 Connector Assignment of LLA102/104C

214 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address and data bus bit 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Address of plug-in place 0 to 15 for LC
ALE Address latch enable
CLK_4M 4-MHz system clock PCM highway
NCS Chip select
F2out_a1 to F2out_a10 Interface analog 1 to 10, a wire, transmission direction
F2out_b1 to F2out_b10 Interface analog 1 to 10, b wire, transmission direction
F2in_a1 to F2in_a10 Interface analog 1 to 10, a wire, receive direction
F2in_b1 to F2in_b10 Interface analog 1 to 10, b wire, receive direction
GND Internal ground
PCM_E1 PCM highway receive direction
PCM_S1 PCM highway transmit direction
PWE Write protection enable for EEPROM
PUKZU Positive secondary voltage +48 V/+60 V
NRD Read
SYN_E Synchronous pulse receive direction
SYN_S Synchronous pulse transmit direction
NWR Write
+5 V Positive secondary voltage +5 V
−5 V Negative secondary voltage −5 V

3.14.4 Technical Data

3.14.4.1 VF Parameters per ITU-T G.712


4-wire interface
output level +4 dBr to −14 dBr
input level +4 dBr to −14 dBr
level setting in 0.5-dB steps
return loss at 300 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 20 dB
longitudinal conversion loss at 300 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
longit. conversion loss at 2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB
2-wire interface
output level +4 dBr to −14 dBr
input level +9 dBr to −8 dBr
level setting in 0.5-dB steps
return loss at 300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 12 dB
return loss at 600 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 15 dB
longitudinal conversion loss at 300 Hz to 600 Hz ≥ 40 dB
longit. conversion loss at 600 Hz to 2400 Hz ≥ 46 dB
longit. conversion loss at 2400 Hz to 3400 Hz ≥ 41 dB
Impedance, resistive 600 Ω
Hybrid balance, resistive 600 Ω

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 215
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.14.4.2 Foreign Potential Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor user lines is implemented in 2 stag-
es within the entire system. A 420 V gas tube arrestor must be installed directly preced-
ing the line card.
For further information see Section 1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.
Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Outdoor Signal Lines

3.14.4.3 Power Supply


Operating voltages +5 V, −5 V
Current drain for 10 channels at
+5 V 245 mA
−5 V 110 mA

216 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.15 ISDN I8S0P Line Card

3.15.1 Overview
The I8S0P unit enables an ISDN basic access to be established for remote subscriber
terminal equipment or PBXs with S0 port.
The ISDN-S0 interface conforms to ITU-T Recommendation I.430. The unit converts the
data of the S0 interface directly to the 2-Mbit/s level and vice versa.
The I8S0P contains 8 independent S0 interfaces that are used in NT mode or in TE
mode. User channel information (B1, B2 and D) is transmitted at the S0 interface on a
4-wire basis using a modified AMI code.

The line card provides the following functions:


• Implementation of the S0 interfaces
The S0 interfaces of the unit are suitable for connection of ISDN equipment both as
point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connections (passive bus) with a maximum of
eight terminals.
Only point-to-point operation is possible in TE mode. Point-to-multipoint operation
! can lead to D channel collisions. Moreover, a permanent sychronization of the line
card is necessary on the NT (Master).

• Control of call processing procedures of layer 1


• Power supply management
The line card is fed exclusively locally. Feed power will not be taken from the S0 in-
terface even in TE mode.

For feeding of the S0 bus, the line card supplies an emergency feed for the TEs of
420 mW for each S0 interface in NT mode. This guarantees operation of terminals
with emergency power feed authorization.
An external feed device (product number V39113-Z5240-A680) must be used for
i normal feeding of the S0 bus. If there are only terminals with their own power supply
or a terminal with emergency power feed authorization on the S0 bus, no additional
feed unit is required.

• Self-test function (feeding and layer 1 at the S0 interface, feeding status of the S0
interface can be requested).
The I8S0P has the following interfaces:
• S0 interface:
The S0 interface is a four-wire interface according to ITU-T I.430 through which the
ISDN user information (B1 + B2 + D) and the emergency feed is passed.
• Internal interfaces:
PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the I8S0P.
• Power supply.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 217
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

External interfaces Internal interfaces

I8S0P
c1 (Rx1 a-wire) PCM highway
d1 (Rx1 b-wire)
NT mode1)
e1 (Tx1 a-wire)
f1 (Tx1 b-wire)
LC bus

...

...
S0

c8 (Rx8 a-wire)
−5 V
d8 (Rx8 b-wire)
NT mode1) +5 V
e8 (Tx8 a-wire)
f8 (Tx8 b-wire) −48 V/−60 V

Rx receive
Tx transmit
1) In TE mode transmission is at c, d and receiving at e, f

3.15.2 Time Slot Allocation and Signaling


A distinction is to be made between the following cases:
• CAS signaling
Within the multiplex signal any number of 64-kbit/s time slots can be occupied by the
data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN ports in the format 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and
128 kbit/s. For the D-channel a 16-kbit/s time slot can additionally be assigned for
each port.
The transmission of the signaling data of the D-channel can be configured via the
line card. Signaling can optionally be multiplexed in sub time slots of 16 kbit/s each
per port within a common 64-kbit/s time slot for ports 1 through 4 or 5 through 8 with
static assignment or transmitted (non multiplexed) within a 64-kbit/s time slot for
each port in a sub time slot.
• FA signaling
Within the multiplex signal any number of 64-kbit/s time slots (except B* time slots
used for signaling) can be occupied by data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN-Ports in the for-
mat 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and 128 kbit/s.
• Standalone mode (in menu option “Leased line”)
Within the multiplex signal any number of 64-kbit/s time slots can be occupied by
data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN-Ports in the format 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and
128 kbit/s. For the D channel an additional 16-kbit/s time slot can be assigned for
each port. No layer-1 information will be transmitted.
If required, D channel transmission can be configured via the line card. Signaling
can optionally be multiplexed in sub time slots of 16 kbit/s each per port within a
common 64-kbit/s time slot for ports 1 through 4 or 5 through 8 with static assign-
ment or transmitted (non multiplexed) within a 64-kbit/s time slot for each port in a
sub time slot.

218 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.15.3 Supervision and Alarm Signaling and Diagnostics


The following functions are provided:
• Self-test function
The self-test is performed after the unit has been booted. This allows power feeding
(emergency feed) and transmission performance to be tested at each S0 interface:
– feeding voltage, feeding power, current limiting
– S0 interface layer 1.
• Detection of faults and disturbances with consequential action.
• Test mode
For test and measurement purposes a continuous 96-kHz signal or a continuous
2-kHz signal can be generated at the S0 interface.
• Layer 1 test basic access
For test purpose error rates can be measured in connection with a local loop 2 on
the unit or via an external loop (in NT mode only, send and receive side connected
externally).
In NT mode the local HW loop can be used additionally for test activation and for er-
ror rate measurement.
Local loop S0 External loop
S0
I8S0P I8S0P 2 x 2 μF/63 V
c c
Rx Rx
d d
NT mode1) NT-Mode1)
e e
Tx Tx
f f

1) In TE mode transmission is at c, d and receiving at e, f

Fig. 3.69 Loops on the I8S0P

• Forced activation
The ISDN connection (layer 1) can be forcibly activated from the deactivated state.
• Status info (in NT mode only), retrievable via the OS:
– presence of an external feeding voltage at the S0 interface
– polarity of an external feeding voltage at the S0 interface
– emergency feed active.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 219
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.15.4 Controls
O S10
1 2
O S50
1 2
O
S20
1 2 X1
O S60
1 2
O S30
1 2
O S70
1 2
O S40
1 2
O S80
1 2

X2

Fig. 3.70 Control Elements of the I8S0P

Jumper Position Value Function

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 1


1002) plugged-in 100Ω1)

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 5


5002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)
not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 2
2002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 6


6002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 3


3002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)
not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 7
7002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 4


4002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)

not plugged-in High-impedance S0-bus terminating resistor channel 8


8002) plugged-in 100 Ω1)

1) Delivery state
2) Jumper 1 for transmit side (from LC-view)
Jumper 2 for receive side (from LC-view)

Tab. 3.66 Controls on the I8S0P (S0-Bus)

220 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.15.5 Connector Assignment

External connector X2 Internal connector X1

Row Row

No. a b c No. a b c

1 S0a1 (c1) S0a5 (c5) 1 GND

2 S0b1 (d1) S0b5 (d5) 2 GND PUKZU

3 S0c1 (e1) S0c5 (e5) 3

4 S0d1 (f1) S0d5 (f5) 4 MUKZU_1

5 5

6 6 PE

7 S0a2 (c2) 7

8 S0b2 (d2) 8

9 S0a6 (c6) 9

10 S0b6 (d6) 10

11 S0c2 (e2) 11

12 S0d2 (f2) 12

13 S0a3 (c3) S0c6 (e6) 13

14 S0b3 (d3) S0d6 (f6) 14

15 15

16 16 CLK_64K

17 S0a7 (c7) 17 GND GND GND

18 S0b7(d7) 18 AD5 AD6 AD7

19 S0c3 (e3) S0c7 (e7) 19

20 S0d3 (f3) S0d7 (f7) 20 AD2 AD3 AD4

21 21 GND GND GND

22 22 ALE AD0 AD1

23 S0a4 (c4) S0a8 (c8) 23 GND GND GND

24 S0b4 (d4) S0b8 (d8) 24 RD WR CS

25 S0c4 (e4) S0c8 (e8) 25 GND GND GND

26 S0d4 (f4) S0d8 (f8) 26 PCM_E1 SYN_E1 ADR3

27 27 GND GND GND

28 28 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2

29 29

30 30 PCM_S1 SYN_S CLK_4M

31 31 GND

32 32 GND VCC (P5V) M5V

Fig. 3.71 Connector Assignment of I8S0P

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 221
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address and data bus bit 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Address of plug-in place
ALE Address latch enable
CLK_4M Clock 4.096 MHz
CLK_64K Clock 64 KHz for synchronization of the CUD
CS Chip select NBIC
GND Internal ground
MUKZU_1 Negative secondary voltage +48 V/+60 V
M5V Negative secondary voltage
PCM_E PCM highway receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway transmit direction
PE Write protection enable for EEPROM
PUKZU Positive secondary voltage +48 V/+60 V
RD Read
S0a1 to S0a8 Subscriber line c (channel no.), a-wire, input (NT mode),
output (TE mode)
S0b1 to S0b8 Line d (channel no.), b-wire, input (NT mode), output (TE mode)
S0c1 to S0c8 Line e (channel no.), a-wire, output (NT mode), input (TE mode)
S0d1 to S0d8 Line f (channel no.), b-wire, output (NT mode), input (TE mode)
SYN_E Frame clock receive direction, external
SYN_S Frame clock transmit direction, internal
VCC Positive secondary voltage
WR Write

3.15.6 Technical Data

3.15.6.1 S0 Interface
Line connection two balanced Cu wire pairs
Point-to-point connection
number of subscribers 1
reach ≤ 1000 m
attenuation at 96 kHz ≤ 6 dB
Point-to-multipoint connection1)
short passive bus
number of subscribers 1 to 8
reach (TE at any point) ≤ 150 m
extended passive bus
number of subscribers 1 to 4
reach (TE 35 m max. from bus end) ≤ 500 m
bus termination 100 Ω, resistive
Output impedance > 2500 Ω
Transmit amplitude across 50 Ω 750 mV0P
Longitudinal conversion loss
10 kHz to 300 kHz > 54 dB
300 kHz to 1000 kHz 20 dB/decade
1) only possible in NT mode

222 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Common mode rejection of output signal


96 kHz > 54 dB
96 kHz to 1000 kHz 20 dB/decade
Permissible sinusoidal input jitter
5 Hz 0.5 UI
5 Hz to 50 Hz 20 dB/decade
50 Hz to 10000 Hz 0.05 UI

3.15.6.2 Power Feeding


Power feeding method phantom feeding
Feeding voltage, reverse polarity 40 V (+2 V/−8 V)
Max. feeding power per interface (emergency) 420 mW
Current limiting ≥ 16 mA
Maximum power consumption at S0 in TE mode 1 mW

3.15.6.3 EMC and Foreign Potential Protection


RF interference suppression VDE 0878, Part 1 and 30
GWK B, 10 kHz to 30 MHz
Immunity to sinusoidal interference FTZ12 TR1, Part 21,
10 kHz to 150 MHz
Immunity to bursts IEC 801-4
Immunity to surge prETS 300126 §8.3,
longitudinal voltage 1.2/50 ms
transverse voltage ±1 kV ±0.25 kV

3.15.6.4 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V (−36 V to −72 V)
+5 V (1 ±5%)
−5 V (1 ±5%)
Current drain
Total current drain with emergency power activated
and feeding 420 mW to S0
at −48 V ≤ 110 mA
at −60 V ≤ 80 mA
Total current drain with feed deactivated
at −48 V ≤ 10 mA
at −60 V ≤ 15 mA
Current drain, all ports in the NT mode
at +5 V ≤ 350 mA
at −5 V ≤ 10 mA

Power dissipated by the unit


With 420 mW fed to S0 per channel ≤ 2.8 W
Without feed to S0 ≤ 1.8 W

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 223
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.16 IUL82C and IUL84C ISDN Line Cards

3.16.1 Overview
The IUL82C and IUL84C line cards with 8 Uk0 interfaces are employed within digital
transmission links between subscribers and switching equipment on the subscriber side
when ISDN network termination units are to be connected to the multiplexer.
The IUL82C line card is used for 2B1Q code, while the IUL84C line card implements the
4B3T code.
The Uk0 ISDN interface conforms to standard TS 102 080.
Data transmission is also possible in the format 128 kbit/s via the B1- and B2-channels
of an ISDN line. The framing integrity of the 128-kbit/s connection is ensured.
Connected NTBAs are fed per port with up to 1.1 W power as consumed at the NTBA.
External interfaces Internal interfaces

IUL82C/
PCM highway
IUL84C
a1
b1
LC bus
...

...

Uk0

−5 V
a8 +5 V
b8
−48 V/−60 V

IUL82C and IUL84C are further developed IUL82 respectively IUL84 with integrated
overvoltage protection against power contact. Therefore, the 5-pin protection element
was changed to a standard 3-pin gas tube arrestor for IUL82C and IUL84C. IUL82 and
IUL84 can be upgraded to IUL82C respectively IUL84C without changing the protection
elements. But there is not full overvoltage protection for the predecessor variants
(IUL82, IUL84) with 3-pin gas tube arrestors.
The IUL82C and IUL84C line cards provide the following functions:
• Implementation of the Uk0 interfaces
• Control of call processing procedures of layer 1
• Feeding connected network termination units from the remote feed units
• Self-test function (feeding and layer 1 at the Uk0 interface)
• Automatic measurement of transmission performance quality parameters with
layer 1 activated
• Test of subscriber-side layer 1 at the Uk0 interface (loop 1) and/or in the NTBA close
to S0 (loop 2) or in the NTU for a basic access not involved in call processing func-
tions as an operator control measurement function (BER on demand).

224 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

The IUL82C and IUL84C units have the following interfaces:


• 8 × Uk0 interfaces
The Uk0 interface is a two-wire interface carrying the data in the 2B1Q code
(IUL82C) or in the 4B3T code (IUL84C) and power feeding.
• Internal interfaces
PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit CUD and the
IUL82C or IUL84C.
• Power supply.

3.16.2 Time Slot Allocation and Signaling


A distinction is to be made between the following cases:
• CAS signaling
Within the multiplex signal any number of 64-kbit/s time slots can be occupied by the
data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN ports in the format 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and
128 kbit/s. For the D-channel a 16-kbit/s time slot can additionally be assigned for
each port. The transmission of the signaling data of the D-channel can be configured
via the line card. Signaling can optionally be multiplexed in sub time slots of 16 kbit/s
each per port within a common 64-kbit/s time slot for ports 1 through 4 or 5 through
8 with static assignment or transmitted (non multiplexed) within a 64-kbit/s time slot
for each port in a sub time slot.
• Standalone mode (in menu option “Leased Line”)
Within the multiplex signal any number of 64-kbit/s time slots (except B* time slots
used for signaling) can be occupied by data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN-Ports in the for-
mat 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and 128 kbit/s. For the D channel an additional
16-kbit/s time slot can be assigned for each port which can be used for data trans-
mission.
If required, D channel transmission can be configured via the line card. Signaling
can optionally be multiplexed in sub time slots of 16 kbit/s each per port within a
common 64-kbit/s time slot for ports 1 through 4 or 5 through 8 with static assign-
ment or transmitted (non multiplexed) within a 64-kbit/s time slot for each port in a
sub time slot.

3.16.3 Supervision and Alarm Signaling and Diagnostics


The following functions are provided:
• Self-test function
The self-test is performed after the unit has been booted. This allows the power feed-
ing to be tested at each Uk0 interface.
• Detection of faults and disturbances with consequential action, see maintenance
manual MMN
• Automatic measurement of transmission performance quality parameters with
layer 1 activated
• Layer 1 test basic access (BER on demand)
Test of subscriber-side layer 1 at the Uk0 interface (loop 1) and/or in the NTBA close
to S0 (loop 2) or in the NTU for a basic access not involved in call processing func-
tions as an operator control measurement function.
• Forced activation
The ISDN connection (layer 1) can be forcibly activated from the deactivated state.

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 225
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.16.4 Connector Assignment

11 External connector11 Internal connector 10


c b a
2 Row Row

No. c b a No. c b a

1 D2a1
10
2 D2b1 2 PUKZU GND

3 D2a2
4 D2b2 4 MUKZU

5
20
6 6 PE

7 D2a3
8 D2b3 8

30 9

10 10 MB1

11 D2a4

12 D2b4 12 MB0

13 D2a5
14 D2b5 14 SSYNC

15

10 16 16
c b a
17
2
18 18 AD7 AD6 AD5

19 D2a6
20 D2b6 20 AD4 AD3 AD2
10
21

22 22 AD1 AD0 ALE

23 D2a7

24 D2b7 24 NCS NWR NRD


20
25 D2a8

26 D2b8 26 ADR3 T8K_E PCM_E

27

30 28 28 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0

29

30 30 T4M T8K_S PCM_S

31
32 32 M5V P5V GND

Fig. 3.72 Connector Assignment of IUL82C and IUL84C

226 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

Signal Abbreviations

AD0 to AD7 Address and data bus bit 0 to 7


ADR0 to ADR3 Address of plug-in place for the unit
ALE Address latch enable
D2a1 to D2a8 Data signal, a wire (channel number)
D2b1 to D2b8 Data signal, b wire (channel number)
GND Internal ground
M5V Negative secondary voltage
PCM_E PCM highway receive direction
PCM_S PCM highway transmit direction
P5V Positive secondary voltage
T4M Clock 4.096 MHz
T8K_E Frame clock receive direction, external
T8K_S Frame clock transmit direction, internal
NCS Chip Select SBIC
NRD Read
NWR Write

3.16.5 Technical Data IUL82C

3.16.5.1 Uk0 Interface Parameters


Line connection balanced Cu wire pair
0.4 mm to 0.8 mm,
AWG 22, AWG 24, AWG 26
Reach loop # 1 to 7 in ETSI DTR/
TM-3002, Sct. 4.2.1, p.13 e.s.
Permissible line attenuation at 40 kHz ≤ 36 dB
Transmission method bit-transparent duplex trans-
mission
Directional isolation by adaptive echo cancellation
Coding 2B1Q
Internal impedance (nominal) 135 Ω
Transmit pulse UPP (discrete pulses across 135 Ω) ±2.5 V0P (1 ±5%)
Return loss (relative to 135 Ω resistive)
1 kHz to 10 kHz 20 dB/decade
10 kHz to 25 kHz > 20 dB
25 kHz to 250 kHz 20 dB/decade

3.16.5.2 Data Format


Data B1 + B2 and signaling D 72 kBaud (144 kbit/s)
Transmission rate 80 kBaud

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 227
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.16.5.3 Remote Power Feeding


Feeding voltage (NTBA operation), tied to ground,
disconnectable for each channel separately −95 V
Loop resistance ≤ 1250 Ω
Feed current limiting ≤ 55 mA
Restoral function < 30 s

3.16.5.4 Foreign Potential Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor user lines is implemented in 2 stag-
es within the entire system. A 420 V gas tube arrestor must be installed directly preced-
ing the line card.
For further information see Section 1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.
Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Outdoor Signal Lines

3.16.5.5 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V (−36 V to −72 V)
+5 V (1 ±5%)
−5 V (1 ±5%)
Total current drain with 1.1 W consumed at the NTBA
per channel and with maximum feeding reach
(emergency mode with 420 mW fed to the TE)
at −48 V 315 mA
at −60 V 250 mA
Total current drain, with normal NTBA powering per
channel and with maximum feeding reach
at −48 V 165 mA
at −60 V 130 mA
Current drain
at +5 V 800 mA
at −5 V 10 mA
Power dissipation PV, with undisturbed ISDN signal
transmission and a feeding voltage of 95 V,
with 1.1 W consumed at the NTBA per channel and
maximum feeding length approx. 7 W
with normal NTBA powering and
maximum feeding length approx. 5 W

228 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.16.6 Technical Data IUL84C

3.16.6.1 Uk0 Interface Parameters


Line connection balanced Cu wire pair
0.4 mm to 0.8 mm,
AWG 22, AWG 24, AWG 26
Reach
conductor diameter 0.4 mm ≤ 3.8 km
conductor diameter 0.6 mm ≤ 8.0 km
Transmission method bit-transparent duplex trans-
mission
Directional isolation by adaptive echo cancellation
Coding 4B3T
Internal impedance (nominal) 150 Ω
Transmit pulse UPP (discrete pulses across 150 Ω) 2 V (1 ±10%)
Return loss (relative to 150 Ω resistive)
5 kHz to 12.5 kHz, attenuation roll-off from > 16 dB to > 8 dB
12.5 kHz to 50 kHz > 16 dB
50 kHz to 100 kHz, attenuation roll-off from >16 dB to > 10 dB

3.16.6.2 Data Format


Data B1 + B2 and signaling D 108 kBaud (144 kbit/s)
Transmission rate 120 kBaud

3.16.6.3 Power Feeding


Feeding voltage (NTBA operation), tied to ground,
disconnectable for each channel separately −95 V
Loop resistance ≤ 1250 Ω
Feed current limiting ≤ 55 mA
Disconnect threshold 50 mA ±5 mA
Overload disconnection
on crossing the disconnect threshold > 1.5 s
Restoral function < 30 s

3.16.6.4 Foreign Potential Protection


Protection against external voltages on the outdoor user lines is implemented in 2 stag-
es within the entire system. A 420 V gas tube arrestor must be installed directly preced-
ing the line card.
For further information see Section 1.4.7 and UMN:IMN.
Classification for foreign potential protection according
EN 300 386 V1.3.2 (05/2003) Outdoor Signal Lines

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 229
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.16.6.5 Power Supply and Dissipation


Operating voltages −48 V (−36 V to −72 V)
+5 V (1 ±5%)
−5 V (1 ±5%)
Total current drain
with 1.1 W consumed at the NTBA per channel and
with maximum feeding reach
(emergency mode with 420 mW fed to the TE)
at −48 V 315 mA
at −60 V 250 mA
Total current drain,
with normal NTBA powering per channel and with
maximum feeding reach
at −48 V 165 mA
at −60 V 130 mA
Current drain
at +5 V 800 mA
at −5 V 10 mA
Power dissipation PV,
with undisturbed ISDN signal transmission and a
feeding voltage of 95 V,
with 1.1 W consumed at the NTBA per channel and
maximum feeding length approx. 7 W
with normal NTBA powering and
maximum feeding length approx. 5 W

230 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.17 I4UK2NTP/I4UK4NTP ISDN Line Cards

3.17.1 Overview
ISDN line cards I4UK2NTP and I4UK4NTP with 4 interfaces provide the Uk0 interface
between multiplexer FMX2R3.2 and ISDN switching equipment on the switching side.
Data from the I4UK2NTP is transmitted using the 2B1Q code and the data from the
I4UK4NTP is transmitted using the 4B3T code. The signaling codes will be transmitted
using channel-associated signaling in time slot 16 of the multiplex signal.
External interfaces Internal interfaces

I4UK2NTP/
a1 I4UK4NTP PCM highway
b1

LC bus

Uk0

−5 V

a4 +5 V

b4 −48 V/−60 V

The I4UK2NTP and I4UK4NTP have the following functions:


• Implementation of the electrical subscriber interfaces on the exchange side
• Control of the call processing procedures
• Transmission of the overhead bits of the Uk0 interface.
The I4UK2NTP/I4UK4NTP is equipped with the following interfaces:
• 4 × Uk0 interface
The Uk0 interface is a two-wire interface with 2B1Q coding (I4UK2NTP) or 4B3T cod-
ing (I4UK4NTP), which is used for routing the data and the remote power feed from
the exchange.
• Internal interfaces
The PCM highway and LC bus form the interface between the central unit and the
I4UK2NTP/I4UK4NTP.
• Power supply.

3.17.2 Time Slot Assignment and Signaling


Units I4UK2NTP and I4UK4NTP will be used exclusively in CAS/FA dial-up connec-
tions.
Within the multiplex signal any 64-kbit/s time slots (except for time slot 16 and the time
slots reserved for the D channels) can be occupied by the data (B1, B2) of the 8 ISDN-
ports in the format 1 × 64 kbit/s, 2 × 64 kbit/s and 128 kbit/s.
For data rate 128 kbit/s in the B1 and B2 channels the time slot alignment is prescribed
for reasons of frame integrity:

A50010-A3-C701-21-7618 231
UMN:TED Information
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

ISDN port PCM time slot port A PCM time slot port B

1 to 3 1 to 2, −
or 3 to 10, 2 to 9,
or 11 to 31 or 10 to 31

4 1 to 2, −
or 3 to 12, 2 to 11,
or 13 to 31 or 12 to 31

Tab. 3.67 Restricted Time Slot Occupancy of the I4UK2NTP at 128 kbit/s

ISDN port PCM time slot port A PCM time slot port B

1 to 3 1 to 8 1 to 7
or or
9 to 31 8 to 31

4 1 to 10 1 to 9
or or
11 to 31 10 to 31

Tab. 3.68 Restricted Time Slot Occupancy of the I4UK4NTP at 128 kbit/s

For the two B channels only time slots within a time slot group may be selected. In the
event of transmission at a data rate of 2 × 64 kbit/s via user channels B1 and B2 of an
ISDN channels, the restriction described above does not apply.

232 A50010-A3-C701-21-7618
Information UMN:TED
Flexible Multiplexer FMX2R3.2

3.17.3 Connector Assignment of I4UK2NTP


14 Connector 14 Connector 13
c b a
1 Row Row
No.